第十四 最上品显示巴利原文
14. Etadaggavaggo
(十四)1. 第一最上品显示巴利原文
(14) 1. Paṭhamaetadaggavaggo
最上句的注释显示巴利原文
Etadaggapadavaṇṇanā
188 在解释“最上”等词时,由于最初品的第一章出现了“在最前”等,因此需要将“最上”一词带入连接。“从今日起”,就是从今天开始。“以指尖”即用指尖。“酸的部分”指酸的那一部分。“成为终极”是指成为最高的最终极,因为在那个位置上,已没有其他同类。正因如此,它也成为最殊胜的,所以称为“最上”。“最上安立”是指安立为最上,这是通过事缘等四种理由来完成的。为了详细说明长老凭借大智慧而获得最上地位的情形,才说了“如何”等语。“两句之内”是指在“甘棠巴树下”和“持双山”这两处所显示的两句。“秃头凳”是指那种既不是七支也不是五支、单纯就是一张凳子的所谓光头凳,这是针对那种凳子而说的。“铺开而坐”是说凭借佛力覆盖一切后坐下。因此说:“就这样坐着”等等。“使之成为身证者”是指通过名身领受教法,从而成为亲证者。在提到“善法、不善法、无记法”时,其中的“iti”声表示起始,由此涵盖了一切阿毗达摩教说。显示巴利原文
188. Etadaggesu paṭhamavaggassa paṭhame ādimhi dissatīti ettha aggasaddoti ānetvā yojetabbaṃ. Ajjataggeti ajjadivasaṃ ādiṃ katvāti attho. Aṅgulaggenāti aṅgulikoṭiyā. Ambilagganti ambilakoṭṭhāso. Koṭibhūtāti paramakoṭibhūtā tasmiṃ ṭhāne tādisānaṃ aññesaṃ abhāvato. Tato eva seṭṭhabhūtātipi aggā. Etadaggasannikkhepoti etadagge ṭhapanaṃ aṭṭhuppattiādīhi catūhipi kāraṇehi. Mahāpaññatāya therena etadaggaṭṭhānassa laddhabhāvaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ – ‘‘katha’’ntiādimāha. Dve padantarānīti kaṇḍambamūle yugandharapabbateti dvīsu ṭhānesu dve padāni dassetvā. Muṇḍapīṭhakanti yaṃ sattaṅgaṃ pañcaṅgaṃ vā na hoti, kevalaṃ muṇḍakapīṭhaṃ, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Avattharitvā nisīdīti buddhānubhāvena ajjhottharitvā nisīdi. Tenāha – ‘‘evaṃ nisīdanto’’tiādi. Kāyasakkhiṃ katvāti nāmakāyena desanāya sampaṭicchanavasena sakkhibhūtaṃ katvā. Kusalā dhammā akusalā dhammā abyākatā dhammāti iti-saddo ādyattho, tena sabbaṃ abhidhammadesanaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
“在神变处”是指显现双神变的地方。“你们看”是就他们的众多而说。“的”字是表示人群的单一整体。“行相”即仪态样貌。“大众”指包括天界在内的世间一切大众。正如显示地狱是为了令人产生悚惧,显示天界也同样是为了产生悚惧,就如“在次第说法中,讲说天论时,即使天界具足一切成就,也是无常、不稳固、注定堕落的法”所说的那样。“准备”是指如同用五十弦的各种曲调调试好,可以随心所欲弹奏那样,事先做好准备。显示巴利原文
Pāṭihāriyaṭṭhāneti yamakapāṭihāriyassa kataṭṭhāne. Passathāti tesaṃ bahubhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Assāti manussasamūhassa ekabhāvaṃ. Ākappanti ākāraṃ. Mahājanoti sadevake loke sabbo mahājano. Yathā nirayadassanaṃ saṃvegajananatthaṃ, evaṃ devalokadassanampi saṃvegajananatthameva ‘‘anupubbikathāyaṃ saggakathā viya evaṃ sabbasampattisamupetopi saggo anicco addhuvo cavanadhammo’’ti. Sajjetvāti samapaṇṇāsāya mucchanāhi yathā kāmena nivādetuṃ sakkā, evaṃ sajjetvā.
“凡夫五问”,即以凡夫问题为始,依次延至漏尽者的问题,合为五个问题。“首先……问……”是指最初所问乃关于凡夫领域的问题。所谓“无碍解”,依各自的观修志向,犹如初地等那样现起的领域,所以说:“他们各自立于自无碍解的领域而说明。”至于所问的佛陀领域问题——显示巴利原文
Puthujjanapañcakaṃ pañhanti puthujjanapañhaṃ ādiṃ katvā pavattitaṃ khīṇāsavapañhapariyantaṃ pañhapañcakaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ…pe… pucchīti puthujjanavisaye pañhaṃ pucchi. Paṭisambhidā yathābhinīhāraṃ yathāsakaṃ vipassanābhinīhārena paṭhamabhūmiyādayo viya pavattitavisayāti vuttaṃ – ‘‘te attano attano paṭisambhidāvisaye ṭhatvā kathayiṃsū’’ti. Buddhavisaye pañhaṃ pucchīti –
“那些已了知诸法者,以及此间众多的有学,”
“智者啊,请应我问,为我开示他们的行持,尊者!”(《经集》1044)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idha; Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti. (su. ni. 1044) –
世尊提出了这个问题。在此,“已知法者”指已经了知、通达四圣谛法之人,也就是通过四道而现证四圣谛法者,即指无学。在此,“众多”一词需贯通两处:既指“众多已知法者”,亦指“众多有学”。“他们”即指这两种人——有学与无学,正是我所问的对象。“行道”则是指到达有学地与无学地的修行道途。因他依此行进而趋向有学地与无学地,故称为行道。“我问道,请宣说他们之行道,请讲说”,意思是:被我所问,请你宣说。世尊在佛之境界中如此提出问题后,随即说道:“舍利弗,对此简略之说,当如何详细了知其义?”尊者舍利弗审察此问后,对于“师长问我有学及无学比丘之行道”并无疑惑,但他心中却犹豫:“此所谓行道,可从蕴等众多门径加以解说,我当以何种方式方能契合师长心意?”因此才说:“法将军……不能……”。当无力解答所问时,表现出犹疑顾视乃是生灵本性,故又言:“东方……不能……”。此处所言“问题生起之因”,即指问题出现的原因。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi. Tattha saṅkhātadhammāti saṅkhātā ñātā catusaccadhammā, ye ca saṅkhātadhammā catūhi maggehi paṭividdhacatusaccadhammāti attho. Iminā asekkhā kathitā. Puthu-saddo ubhayatthapi yojetabbo ‘‘ye puthū saṅkhātadhammā, ye ca puthū sekhā’’ti. Tesanti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ sekkhāsekkhapuggalānaṃ me puṭṭhoti yojetabbaṃ, mayā puṭṭhoti attho. Iriyanti sekkhāsekkhabhūmiyā āgamanappaṭipadaṃ. Iriyati gacchati sekkhabhūmiṃ asekkhabhūmiñca etāyāti iriyā, taṃ tesaṃ iriyaṃ āgamanappaṭipadaṃ mayā puṭṭho pabrūhi kathehīti attho. Evaṃ bhagavā buddhavisaye pañhaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘imassa nu kho, sāriputta, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti āha. Thero pañhaṃ oloketvā ‘‘satthā maṃ sekkhāsekkhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgamanappaṭipadaṃ pucchatī’’ti pañhe nikkaṅkho hutvā ‘‘āgamanappaṭipadā nāma khandhādivasena bahūhipi mukhehi sakkā kathetuṃ, katarākārena nu kho kathento satthu ajjhāsayaṃ gaṇhituṃ sakkhissāmī’’ti ajjhāsaye kaṅkhi, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘dhammasenāpati…pe… na sakkotī’’ti. Pucchitapañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ paṭibhāne asati disāvilokanaṃ sattānaṃ sabhāvoti dassento, ‘‘puratthima…pe... nāsakkhī’’ti āha. Tattha pañhuppattiṭṭhānanti pañhuppattikāraṇaṃ.
“知长老之疲劳后”,意思是世尊洞悉:“舍利弗于问题已无疑惑,只是为了揣测我的心意而感到疲劳。”知晓了长老的疲劳之态后,便以“以四大所成身之执取”一句,即是通过蕴门来开示对名色的执取。因为当世尊说“舍利弗,你观察此是所造色吗?”时,便是借由蕴门来揭示对名色的执取。据说世尊当时这样思惟:“倘若我不给出线索,舍利弗是无从阐说的;一旦我给出线索,他便能把握我的心意,从而以蕴门来解说。”长老一获得这个线索,那个问题便以成百上千条理路向他涌现。所以他回应道:“已知,世尊!已知,善逝!”显示巴利原文
Therassakilamanabhāvaṃ jānitvāti ‘‘sāriputto pañhe nikkaṅkho, ajjhāsaye me kaṅkhamāno kilamatī’’ti therassa kilamanabhāvaṃ ñatvā. Catumahābhūtikakāyapariggahanti etena khandhamukhena nāmarūpapariggaho vutto. ‘‘Bhūtamidanti, sāriputta, samanupassasī’’ti hi vadantena bhagavatā khandhavasena nāmarūpapariggaho dassito. Evaṃ kirassa bhagavato ahosi ‘‘sāriputto mayā naye adinne kathetuṃ na sakkhissati, dinne pana naye mamajjhāsayaṃ gahetvā khandhavasena kathessatī’’ti. Therassa saha nayadānena so pañho nayasatena nayasahassena upaṭṭhāsi. Tenāha – ‘‘aññātaṃ bhagavā, aññātaṃ sugatā’’ti.
所谓“在无色界中实无结生”,是因为彼处没有机会积累菩提资粮的缘故而这样说。因此他说:“由于不可能之处的缘故”,意指那些已得授记的菩萨,绝不可能投生于那样的地方。至于“在色界中投生”,则是由于业力不生起的缘故,菩萨不在无色界投生,而只在色界投生。显示巴利原文
Arūpāvacare paṭisandhi nāma na hotīti bodhisambhārasambharaṇassa anokāsabhāvato vuttaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘abhabbaṭṭhānattā’’ti, laddhabyākaraṇānaṃ bodhisattānaṃ uppattiyā abhabbadesattāti attho . Rūpāvacare nibbattīti kammavasitāsambhavato arūpāvacare anibbattitvā rūpāvacare nibbatti.
通过“超过千人”等语,开示了《超过千人本生》。其中,“即使超过千人”即指超过一千人。“聚集起来的”,是指那些聚集一处,却不能了知所说之义的愚人。“这些无慧者即使悲泣百年”,意谓这些如此聚集的无慧者,因为愚痴,如同兔子一般,即使悲泣百年乃至千年,也只是哭泣、哀叹。然而纵使哭泣,他们依然不知其义,亦不明其因。这正是本生所要阐明的道理。“唯独一位有慧者更优胜”,是指比起上千个那样的愚人,单单一位具慧的贤者更优胜、更可贵。那么,怎样的人堪称有慧者呢?即是“凡能了知言说之义者”——如同那位最年长的学童,凡是能了知所说之意义的人,那样的有慧者才最为可贵。在第二个《超过百人本生》中,“他们将禅思”,是指为了如实地了知意义,他们会在入定之后去思惟。此处其余内容,可按前面所述方法理解。显示巴利原文
Parosahassantiādinā parosahassajātakaṃ dasseti. Tattha parosahassampīti atirekasahassampi. Samāgatānanti sannipatitānaṃ bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānituṃ asakkontānaṃ bālānaṃ. Kandeyyuṃ te vassasataṃ apaññāti te evaṃ samāgatā apaññā ime bālattā sasā viya vassasatampi vassasahassampi rodeyyuṃ parideveyyuṃ. Rodamānāpi pana atthaṃ vā kāraṇaṃ vā neva jāneyyunti dīpeti. Ekova seyyo puriso sapaññoti evarūpānaṃ bālānaṃ parosahassatopi eko paṇḍitapurisova seyyo varataroti attho. Kīdiso sapaññoti āha – ‘‘yo bhāsitassa vijānāti attha’’nti, ayaṃ jeṭṭhantevāsiko viya yo bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti, so tādiso sapañño varataroti attho. Dutiye parosatajātake jhāyeyyunti yāthāvato atthaṃ jānituṃ samāhitā hutvā cinteyyuṃ. Sesamettha vuttanayameva.
第三个本生中,“凡是有想者”,指除证得非想非非想处的有情外,其余一切有心众生。“他们也是恶趣者”——由于未获得那种非想非非想处等至,他们虽生于有想有,亦属恶趣者,陷入了苦。因为他们视想为病、视想为痈、视想为箭(中部.3.24),常观想过患。“凡是无想者”,指生于无想有的无心众生。他们同样因未能获得这些至,故确实是恶趣者。“无过患的禅那乐”,指它没有过失,因前述种种过失于此皆不存在;亦因其具备强力的心一境性这一特质,故称无过患。“他说:‘非想非非想’”——据说在过去,波罗奈城由梵授王治理时,菩萨于森林中的阿兰若处临终,弟子们询问,他便回答“非想非非想”。如同前一本生所述,那些苦行者不信最年长弟子的话。菩萨从光音天下降,立于空中,宣说此偈。因此说:“其余诸义,应依前说方式理解。”显示巴利原文
Tatiyajātake ye saññinoti ṭhapetvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanalābhino avasesacittakasatte dasseti. Tepi duggatāti tassā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā alābhato tepi duggatā dukkhaṃ upagatā saññībhave. ‘‘Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā salla’’nti (ma. ni. 3.24) hi te saññāya ādīnavadassino. Yepi asaññinoti asaññībhave nibbatte acittakasatte dasseti. Tepi imissāyeva samāpattiyā alābhato duggatāyeva. Jhānasukhaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ niddosaṃ yathāvuttadosābhāvato. Balavacittekaggatāsabhāvenapi taṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Nevasaññī nāsaññīti āhāti atīte kira bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadatte rajjaṃ kārente bodhisatto araññāyatane kālaṃ karonto antevāsikehi puṭṭho ‘‘nevasaññī nāsaññī’’ti āha. Purimajātake vuttanayeneva tāpasā jeṭṭhantevāsikassa kathaṃ na gaṇhiṃsu. Bodhisatto ābhassarato āgantvā ākāse ṭhatvā imaṃ gāthamāha. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabba’’nti.
第四个本生中,“其光如月,故称月光”,即白遍;“其光如日,故称日光”,即黄遍。“凡于此以慧立足者”,指在此有情世间,能以慧对此二遍立足——即取为所缘而深入,或安住其上之人。“以无寻的第二禅那,到达发光者”,意为此修行者如是修习后,依所证得的第二禅那,投生为光音梵天界者。“应知其余,依前所说”,说明以下故事:过去,波罗奈城梵授王治国时,菩萨于森林阿兰若处临终,弟子询问,他回答“月光、日光”后,投生光音天。那些苦行者不信最年长弟子之言。菩萨便从光音天而来,立于空中,宣说此偈。显示巴利原文
Catutthajātake (jā. 1.1.135) candassa viya ābhā etassāti candābhaṃ, odātakasiṇaṃ. Sūriyābhanti sūriyassa viya ābhā etassāti sūriyābhaṃ, pītakasiṇaṃ. Yodha paññāya gādhatīti yo puggalo idha sattaloke idaṃ kasiṇadvayaṃ paññāya gādhati, ārammaṇaṃ katvā anuppavisati, tattha vā patiṭṭhahati. Avitakkena dutiyajjhānena ābhassarūpago hotīti so puggalo tathā katvā paṭiladdhena dutiyena jhānena ābhassarabrahmalokūpago hoti. Sesaṃ purimanayenevaveditabbanti iminā imaṃ dasseti (jā. aṭṭha. 1.1.135 candābhajātakavaṇṇanā) – atīte bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadatte rajjaṃ kārente bodhisatto araññāyatane kālaṃ karonto antevāsikehi pucchito ‘‘candābhaṃ sūriyābha’’nti vatvā ābhassare nibbatto. Tāpasā jeṭṭhantevāsikassa na saddahiṃsu. Bodhisatto āgantvā ākāse ṭhito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
在第五个本生中,“应期望”即不切断希望,应对自己的业保持期望。“不应厌倦”即不产生厌离,不感到焦躁不安,这便是其义。“而”仅是语气助词。“如我所愿”的意思是:我本希望从这六十肘深的陷坑中出来,也果然如愿出来了,以此说明这道理。显示巴利原文
Pañcamajātake āsīsethevāti āsācchedaṃ akatvā attano kammesu āsaṃ kareyyeva. Na nibbindeyyāti na nibbedaṃ uppādeyya, na ukkaṇṭheyyāti attho. Voti nipātamattaṃ. Yathā icchinti ahañhi saṭṭhihatthā narakā uṭṭhānaṃ icchiṃ, somhi tatheva jāto, tato uṭṭhitoyevāti dīpeti.
据传,过去在波罗奈城梵授王治国时,菩萨投生于獐鹿胎,住在森林中。国王喜好狩猎,身手矫健,力大无比。一日,他外出打猎,对大臣们说:“猎物从谁的身旁逃走,就由谁交出猎物。”后有一次,一只獐鹿起身后,恰好从国王所站之处逃走了。大臣们便嘲笑国王。国王心想:“这些人在笑话我,根本不知我的能耐。”便将下衣紧紧系好,独自上前,手持利剑,说道:“我必抓住这只獐鹿!”随即迅猛追出。看到獐鹿后,他一路追逐了三由旬。獐鹿逃入森林,国王也追了进去。那林中,獐鹿经过的路上有一处约六十肘深的大腐臭陷阱,其中水深三十肘,还覆盖着野草。獐鹿嗅到水的气味,知道有陷阱,便稍稍后退,绕道避开。国王却径直冲来,掉进了陷阱里。显示巴利原文
Atīte (jā. aṭṭha. 4.13.sarabhamigajātakavaṇṇanā) kira bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadatte rajjaṃ kārente bodhisatto sarabhamigayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā araññe paṭivasati. Rājā migavittako ahosi thāmasampanno. Ekadivasaṃ gantvā amacce āha – ‘‘yassa passena migo palāyati, teneva so dātabbo’’ti. Athekadivasaṃ sarabhamigo uṭṭhāya rañño ṭhitaṭṭhānena palāyi. Atha naṃ amaccā uppaṇḍesuṃ. Rājā cintesi – ‘‘ime maṃ parihāsanti, mama pamāṇaṃ na jānantī’’ti gāḷhaṃ nivāsetvā pattikova khaggaṃ ādāya ‘‘sarabhaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti vegena pakkhandi. Atha naṃ disvā tīṇi yojanāni anubandhi. Sarabho araññaṃ pāvisi. Rājāpi pāvisiyeva. Tattha sarabhamigassa gamanamagge saṭṭhihatthamatto mahāpūtipātanarakaāvāṭo atthi, so tiṃsahatthamattaṃ udakena puṇṇo tiṇehi ca paṭicchanno. Sarabho udakagandhaṃ ghāyitvāva āvāṭabhāvaṃ ñatvā thokaṃ osakkitvā gato. Rājā pana ujukameva āgacchanto tasmiṃ pati.
獐鹿未听到他的脚步声,便转身回顾,不见其踪影,心知“他必是掉进陷阱了”,于是回身走来,向下望去,见国王在深水中无处攀附,疲惫挣扎。獐鹿不念国王先前的冒犯,心生悲悯,想:“不可让这可怜人在我眼前丧命,我当救他出此苦难。”便站在陷阱岸边说:“大王,莫怕,我来救你出苦。”如同奋力救出自己的爱子,为救国王,他用角在岩石上凿出可供攀附之处,将那位持剑追来、原本心想“我当刺杀它”的国王从六十肘深的陷阱中救出。他安慰国王,让他骑到自己背上,带出森林,在靠近军队处放他下来,并教导他,令其安住于五戒之中。国王由四部军队簇拥回城,命人击打大鼓宣布:“从今以后,全国上下皆应守持五戒。”菩萨却未向任何人提起自己的恩德。傍晚,国王享用种种珍馐,躺卧在庄严妙好的床上入睡。破晓时分,他忆起菩萨的恩德,起身后于床座结跏趺坐,满怀喜悦,发出感兴语,诵出“āsīsetheva puriso”等六首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Sarabho tassa padasaddaṃ asuṇanto nivattitvā taṃ apassanto ‘‘narakaāvāṭe patito bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā āgantvā olokento taṃ gambhīre udake appatiṭṭhe kilamantaṃ disvā tena katāparādhaṃ hadaye akatvā sañjātakāruñño ‘‘mā mayi passante varāko nassatu, imamhā taṃ dukkhā mocessāmī’’ti āvāṭatīre ṭhito ‘‘mā bhāyi, mahārāja, ahaṃ taṃ dukkhā mocessāmī’’ti vatvā attano piyaputtaṃ uddharituṃ ussāhaṃ karonto viya tassuddharaṇatthāya silāya yoggaṃ katvā ‘‘vijjhissāmī’’ti āgataṃ rājānaṃ saṭṭhihatthā narakā uddharitvā assāsetvā piṭṭhiṃ āropetvā araññā nīharitvā senāya avidūre otāretvā ovādamassa datvā pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesi. Rājā senaṅgaparivuto nagaraṃ gantvā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya sakalaraṭṭhavāsino pañca sīlāni rakkhantū’’ti dhammabheriṃ carāpesi. Mahāsattena pana attano kataguṇaṃ kassaci akathetvā sāyaṃ nānaggarasabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā alaṅkatasayane sayitvā paccūsakāle mahāsattassa guṇaṃ saritvā uṭṭhāya sayanapiṭṭhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā pītipuṇṇena hadayena udānaṃ udānento ‘‘āsīsetheva puriso’’tiādinā imā cha gāthā abhāsi.
此处,「ahitā hitā ca」指不利与有利,即苦触与乐触,亦含有死触与命触之义。对有情而言,死触是不利的,命触是有利的。此言意在表明,那未曾经心思量的死触也会降临。「Acintitampī」指未曾思量的事也发生了:我从未想过自己会跌进陷阱,我原想的是要杀死獐子。如今我所想之事化为泡影,而不曾想的事却已成真——他以感兴语如是说。「Bhogā」指财富、名誉与随从,这些并非仅凭思量便能获得。因此他说,有智慧的人应当付出精进,因为对于精进者而言,那些未曾思量的成果,也确实会实现。显示巴利原文
Tattha ahitā hitā cāti dukkhaphassā sukhaphassā ca, maraṇaphassā, jīvitaphassātipi attho. Sattānañhi maraṇaphasso ahito, jīvitaphasso hito. Tesaṃ acintito maraṇaphasso āgacchatīti dasseti . Acintitampīti mayā ‘‘āvāṭe patissāmī’’ti na cintitaṃ, ‘‘sarabhaṃ māressāmī’’ti cintitaṃ. Idāni pana me cintitaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, acintitameva jātanti udānavasena vadati. Bhogāti yasaparivārā, ete cintāmayā na honti. Tasmā ñāṇavatā vīriyameva kātabbanti vadati. Vīriyavato hi acintitampi hotiyeva.
就在他发出这阵感兴语时,天已破晓。国师一早就前来请安,站在门外,听见他唱诵感兴语之声,便心想:“国王昨日行猎,定是在林中射伤了獐子,由此看来,他正因这事而发出感兴语。”婆罗门如此听闻了国王音声分明的感兴语后,整件事的经过,连同国王与獐子之间的故事,便呈现在他心中,犹如对镜照面,镜像清晰映现一般。于是他以指甲尖轻叩门扉。国王问:“是谁?”“陛下,是我,国师。”国王为他开门,说道:“请进,老师。”婆罗门入内后,向国王致意祝福,然后站在一旁,说道:“大王,我知道您在森林里的遭遇。您追赶一只獐子,不慎跌入陷阱。是那只獐子用角在石上凿出立足之处,将您从陷阱中救了出来。您感念他的恩德,因此发出了感兴语。”接着,他说出了“sarabhaṃ giriduggasmiṃ”等两首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Tassetaṃ udānaṃ udānentasseva aruṇaṃ uṭṭhahi. Purohito pātova sukhaseyyapucchanatthaṃ āgantvā dvāre ṭhito tassa udānagītasaddaṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘rājā hiyyo migavaṃ agamāsi, tattha sarabhamigaṃ viddho bhavissati, tena maññe udānaṃ udānetī’’ti. Evaṃ brāhmaṇassa rañño paripuṇṇabyañjanaṃ udānaṃ sutvā sumajjite ādāse mukhaṃ olokentassa chāyā viya raññā ca sarabhena ca katakāraṇaṃ pākaṭaṃ ahosi, so nakhaggena dvāraṃ ākoṭesi. Rājā ‘‘ko eso’’ti pucchi. Ahaṃ, deva, purohitoti. Athassa dvāraṃ vivaritvā ‘‘ito ehācariyā’’ti āha. So pavisitvā rājānaṃ jayāpetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhito ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, tayā araññe katakāraṇaṃ jānāmi, tvaṃ ekaṃ sarabhamigaṃ anubandhanto narake patito, atha naṃ so sarabho silāya yoggaṃ katvā narakato uddhari, so tvaṃ tassa guṇaṃ saritvā udānaṃ udānesī’’ti vatvā ‘‘sarabhaṃ giriduggasmi’’ntiādinā dve gāthā abhāsi.
此处,「anusarī」指追随,即追逐不舍。「Vikkantaṃ」指勇猛行,即为施救而作出的勇猛努力。「Anujīvasi」指依之而活,意思是您仰仗他的力量才得以活命。「Samuddharī」指救出,即作出了营救之举。「Silāya yoggaṃ sarabho karitvā」指獐子在石上制造方便:在石头上弄出如同阶梯一般的条件,以便从陷阱中脱身。「Alīnacittaṃ」指不退缩的心,即心未陷入畏缩。「Taṃ migaṃ vadesi」指您称赞那只鹿:您躺在华美的卧榻上,却不住地称赞那只金色的獐子。国王听过之后,心中思忖:“此人并未与我同行打猎,却对全部经过一清二楚,他到底是怎么知道的?我得问问看。”这样想后,他便说出了第九首偈颂:“kiṃ tvaṃ nu tattheva(你难道当时就在那里吗)?”此处,「bhiṃsarūpaṃ」指可怖之貌,国王的言下之意是:难道你的智慧如此强大,以至于能了知此事?婆罗门解释道:“我并非一切知的佛陀,但依据您说出的偈颂,哪怕音节丝毫不错,其含义也自然向我显明了。”于是说出“na cevahaṃ”的偈颂。显示巴利原文
Tattha anusarīti anubandhi. Vikkantanti uddharaṇatthāya kataparakkamaṃ. Anujīvasīti upajīvasi, tassānubhāvena tayā jīvitaṃ laddhanti attho. Samuddharīti uddharaṇaṃ akāsi. Silāya yoggaṃ sarabho karitvāti silāya sopānasadisāya narakato uddharaṇayoggataṃ karitvā. Alīnacittanti saṅkocaṃ appattacittaṃ. Ta migaṃ vadesīti suvaṇṇasarabhamigaṃ idha sirisayane nipanno vaṇṇesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā, ‘‘ayaṃ mayā saddhiṃ na migavaṃ āgato, sabbañca pavattiṃ jānāti, kathaṃ nu kho jānāti, pucchissāmi na’’nti cintetvā – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ nu tatthevā’’ti navamagāthamāha . Tattha bhiṃsarūpanti kiṃ nu te ñāṇaṃ balavajātikaṃ, tenetaṃ jānāsīti vadati. Brāhmaṇo ‘‘nāhaṃ sabbaññubuddho, byañjanaṃ amakkhetvā tayā kathitagāthāya pana mayhaṃ attho upaṭṭhātī’’ti dīpento ‘‘na cevaha’’nti dasamagāthamāha . Tattha subhāsitānanti byañjanaṃ amakkhetvā suṭṭhu bhāsitānaṃ. Atthaṃ tadānentīti yo tesaṃ attho, taṃ ānenti upadhārentīti attho. Tadā purohito dhammasenāpati ahosi. Tenevāha – ‘‘atītepī’’tiādi. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
憍陈如长老事显示巴利原文
Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheravatthu
在“憍陈如长老”等处,“依如实功德力”即依真实自性的功德力。“久住”应知由出家之力、证悟之力,以及长久而极微细了知昼夜分际之力而来。为说明此义,故说“除正自觉者”等语。“成为明显者”指达到念与慧的顶点,成为显著、清楚的人。“憍陈如”是指在声闻弟子中最初了知四圣谛的憍陈如。“于最胜处”指在一切“最胜”的经典中,或指在一切“最胜”的安立中。显示巴利原文
Aññāsikoṇḍaññattherādayotiādīsu pana yāthāvasarasaguṇavasenāti yathāsabhāvaguṇavasena. Pabbajjāvasena paṭivedhavasena suciraṃ sunipuṇaṃ rattindivaparicchedajānanavasena ca rattaññutā veditabbāti taṃ dassento ‘‘ṭhapetvā hi sammāsambuddha’’ntiādimāha. Pākaṭova hotīti satipaññāvepullappattiko pākaṭo vibhūto hoti. Aññāsikoṇḍaññoti sāvakesu sabbapaṭhamaṃ cattāri ariyasaccāni ñātakoṇḍañño. Sabbesupi etadaggesūti sabbesupi etadaggasuttesu, sabbesu vā etadaggaṭṭhapanesu.
“担叶”指作为叶中最胜的叶,也就是外部的叶。“九肘”指以中等身材者之肘量,为九十肘。“莲花上”:世尊以莲花越过、超胜各处,故称莲花上佛。“以香鬘、花鬘等”:“等”字又包含叶鬘等。其中,以香鬘制作的花鬘称为香鬘;以丁香、迦拘罗、素馨花等制作的花鬘称为花鬘;以柰树叶等制作的花鬘称为叶鬘。“盎伽布”指在盎伽国所产的坚厚细软之布。“最上细软衣”指迦尸衣。显示巴利原文
Dhurapattānīti pattānaṃ pamukhabhūtāni bāhirapattāni. Navutihatthānīti majjhimapurisassa hatthena navutiratanāni. Padumeneva taṃ taṃ padesaṃ uttarati atikkamatīti padumuttaro, bhagavā. Gandhadāmamālādāmādīhīti ādisaddena pattadāmādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tattha gandhadāmehi katamālā gandhadāmaṃ. Lavaṅgatakkolajātipupphādīhi katamālā mālādāmaṃ. Tamālapattādīhi katamālā pattadāmaṃ. Vaṅgapaṭṭeti vaṅgadese uppannaghanasukhumavatthe. Uttamasukhumavatthanti kāsikavatthamāha.
在《三转法轮经》的结尾处:此处,“此是苦圣谛”等,是依真谛相而转;“苦圣谛应遍知”等,是依作用相而转;“苦圣谛已遍知”等,是依已作相而转。如此,以三种行相轮转宣说四圣谛,故有三转,称为“三转”。因其有三转,故为“三转”,而这三种转即是法轮的转动,所以称为“三转法轮”。此经是“三转法轮经”,在其结尾处——这便是该复合词的含义。显示巴利原文
Teparivaṭṭadhammacakkappavattanasuttantapariyosāneti ettha ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādinā saccavasena, ‘‘dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyya’’ntiādinā kiccavasena, ‘‘dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññāta’’ntiādinā katavasena ca tīhi ākārehi parivaṭṭetvā catunnaṃ saccānaṃ desitattā tayo parivaṭṭā etassa atthīti tiparivaṭṭaṃ, tiparivaṭṭameva teparivaṭṭaṃ, teparivaṭṭañca taṃ dhammacakkappavattanañcāti teparivaṭṭadhammacakkappavattanaṃ, tadeva suttantaṃ, tassa pariyosāneti attho.
“破谷房而取”指破开谷房,取出其中可获得的新米乳汁。“相称的”指我们煮出与诸佛相配的乳糜。“髻初”是将男子头发编成发髻的时候,称为髻初。“打谷场初”是当谷束放在打谷场上集成堆的时候,称为打谷场初。“谷场初”是稻谷被捣碎、堆成谷堆的时候,称为谷场初。“仓初”是把粮食放进仓库的时候,称为仓初。显示巴利原文
Sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā ādāyāti sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā tattha labbhamānaṃ sālikhīrarasaṃ ādāya. Anucchavikanti buddhānaṃ anucchavikaṃ khīrapāyasaṃ pacāpema. Veṇiyo purisabhāvavasena bandhitvā kalāpakaraṇe kalāpaggaṃ. Khale kalāpānaṃ ṭhapanadivase khalaggaṃ. Madditvā vīhīnaṃ rāsikaraṇadivase khalabhaṇḍaggaṃ. Koṭṭhesu hi dhaññassa pakkhipanadivase koṭṭhaggaṃ.
“二种趣向”就是只有两种成就、两种结局的意思。当那位童子证得全知时,便依憍陈如青年自己的见解而安住,其余六人的儿子也依此教导。“在菩提树下那向东的不动处所”,名为“金刚座”。因为那大座承载着大身,故不说“面东”,而说“面向东方世界”。世尊的肉眼也是无障碍且境域广大的。“四支具足”指如经中所说“即使只剩下皮、筋与骨……”(《中部》2.184;《相应部》2.22,237;《增支部》2.5;《大义释》196)那样的四支具足。显示巴利原文
Dve gatiyoti dve eva nipphattiyo, dve niṭṭhāti attho. Tasmiṃ kumāre sabbaññutaṃ patteti koṇḍaññamāṇavasseva laddhiyaṃ ṭhatvā itarepi cha janā putte anusāsiṃsu. Bodhirukkhamūle pācīnapassaṃ acalaṭṭhānaṃ nāma, yaṃ ‘‘vajirāsana’’ntipi vuccati. Mahataṃ mahatiyo vahatīti ‘‘pācīnamukho’’ti avatvā ‘‘pācīnalokadhātuabhimukho’’ti vuttaṃ. Maṃsacakkhupi lokanāthassa appaṭighātaṃ mahāvisayañcāti. Caturaṅgasamannāgatanti ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca, aṭṭhi ca avasissatū’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.184; saṃ. ni. 2.22, 237; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) vuttacaturaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
“然而这一切”即是从“我应首先为谁说法?”等开始而发起的(《中部》1.284;2.341;《大品》10)所有事情。那时还“只停留在遍寻的程度”,因为如此的真舍利益尚未成就。“令花开果熟”的意思是:以六神通及无碍解令一切花盛放,以道果令它满载花果的沉重,如是令花开果熟。“想要离去的人”,是指见到两位上首弟子对自己恭敬行礼后,心想“他们的功德更为殊胜”,因而尊敬诸佛,想要从此处离去。“就在那里”指就在六牙湖的岸边。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ pana sabbamevāti ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ desessāmī’’tiādinayappavattaṃ (ma. ni. 1.284; 2.341; mahāva. 10) sabbameva. Parivitakkamattameva tathā atthasiddhiyā abhāvato. Pupphitaphalitaṃ katvāti abhiññāpaṭisambhidāhi sabbapāliphullaṃ, maggaphalehi sabbaso phalabhārabharitañca karonto pupphitaṃ phalitaṃ katvā. Apakkamitukāmo hutvāti dvepi aggasāvake attano nipaccakāraṃ karonte disvā tesaṃ guṇātirekataṃ bahu maññanto buddhānaṃ santikā apakkamitukāmo hutvā. Tatthevāti chaddantadahatīreyeva.
关于舍利弗长老与目犍连长老的事。显示巴利原文
Sāriputta-moggallānattheravatthu
189-190 在第二、第三句中的“具神通者”:此处“manta”一词具有“最胜义”的范围,为显示长老极为殊胜的神通力,故说“神通已经成就的人”。“与土共戏”是指一起玩泥土的人。“唯此世之自身”即指现法中的自身。“十六种慧彻证而住”:依据中部《不断经》所开示的——“诸比丘,舍利弗是大慧者,诸比丘,舍利弗是广慧者,诸比丘,舍利弗是喜慧者,诸比丘,舍利弗是速慧者,诸比丘,舍利弗是利慧者,诸比丘,舍利弗是决择慧者”,如此所说的六种大慧等,加上同经中所说的九次第住等至之慧,以及阿拉汉道慧,合此十六种慧,他已彻证、亲自作证而安住。显示巴利原文
189-190. Dutiyatatiyesu iddhimantānanti ettha manta-saddo atisayatthavisayoti therassa atisayikaiddhitaṃ dassetuṃ – ‘‘iddhiyā sampannāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Saha paṃsūhi kīḷiṃsūti sahapaṃsukīḷitā. Idhalokattabhāvamevāti diṭṭhadhammikaattabhāvameva. Soḷasa paññā paṭivijjhitvā ṭhitoti majjhimanikāye anupadasuttantadesanāya ‘‘mahāpañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, puthupañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, hāsapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, javanapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, tikkhapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, nibbedhikapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto’’ti (ma. ni. 3.93) evamāgatā mahāpaññādikā cha, tasmiṃyeva sutte āgatā navānupubbavihārasamāpattipaññā, arahattamaggapaññāti imā soḷasavidhā paññā paṭivijjhitvā sacchikatvā ṭhito.
“问答论议”是通过提问与回答的方式进行讨论。“为求义者所推知之道”是说明紧随其后的理由。意思是:我应当紧随这位比丘之后。为什么呢?因为这种紧随其后的做法,就称为“为求义者所推知之道”,即已被了知并契入的道路。或者另一种理解:我们这些有需求的求义者,当死亡到来时,也应有“以不死而有”的见解,因此这样的“有”被推知;又通过随念的智慧了知涅槃真实存在,他们正在追寻、遍求涅槃。此句也可以从此义来理解。显示巴利原文
Pañhasākacchanti pañhassa pucchanavasena vissajjanavasena ca sākacchaṃ karoti. Atthikehi upaññātaṃ magganti etaṃ anubandhanassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā idaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanaṃ nāma atthikehi upaññātaṃ maggaṃ, ñāto ceva upagato ca maggoti attho. Atha vā atthikehi amhehi maraṇe sati amatenapi bhavitabbanti evaṃ kevalaṃ atthīti upaññātaṃ, anumānañāṇena upagantvā ñātaṃ nibbānaṃ nāma atthi, taṃ magganto pariyesantoti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
“这些众”是指两位上首弟子所拥有的随从众。“两位上首弟子”是指舍利弗和目犍连这两位具大神力的弟子。“于位上”指安立在称为“上首弟子位”的位上。然而,为什么这里不说“上首弟子”而说“大弟子”呢?虽然其他大长老依神通等殊胜功德,也有资格被称为“大弟子”,但为了彰显只有这两位在弟子中拥有那种不共的、特别应被称为“大弟子”的资格,所以才说“两位大弟子”。显示巴利原文
Nesaṃ parisāyāti dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ parivārabhūtaparisāya. Dve aggasāvaketi sāriputtamoggallāne dve mahānubhāve sāvake. Ṭhānantareti aggasāvakattasaññite ṭhānantare ṭhapesi. Kasmā panettha ‘‘aggasāvake’’ti avatvā ‘‘mahāsāvake’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi aññepi mahātherā abhiññātādiguṇavisesayogena ‘‘mahāsāvakā’’ti vattabbataṃ labhanti, imeyeva pana sāvakesu anaññasādhāraṇabhūtā visesato ‘‘mahāsāvakā’’ti vattabbāti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘dvepi mahāsāvake’’ti vuttaṃ.
大迦叶长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Mahākassapattheravatthu
191 第四偈中,由于“头陀论、头陀法、头陀支”皆以头陀为根本,因而起始便说“应知为头陀”。在这里,已抖落、吹散烦恼者,即是“头陀”——指已抖落烦恼的人;或者,那能抖落烦恼的法也称为头陀,而这抖落烦恼的法,应被理解为连同其前分的圣道。他宣说那名爲头陀的抖落烦恼之法,并使他人安立其中,故为“头陀论者”。此处有四种情况,为说明这一点,才展开了“然而在此……”等的解说。“Tayidaṃ”是不变词,义为“那个事物属于他的这个”,即“此即彼”。属于那头陀者的、体现头陀状态的法,即是“头陀法”。少欲、知足等,如前已说。能正确地刮除、削去烦恼,故为“严苛”——指厌离烦恼的人,其状态即是“严苛性”。从两种欲中远离,故为“远离”,指多做如理作意者,其状态为“远离性”。仅以此维持身存,故称“此存”,将t音转为ṭ音后,其状态为“此存性”;或者,凭藉这些善法而有“此存”——即依靠那种智,依循“出家者确实应安住于粪扫衣等诸支”的教导,既能受持亦能守护头陀功德,那种智便是“此存性”。因此说:“此存性正是智”。所谓“头陀法”,是指这样的法:它显示巴利原文
191. Catutthe yasmā dhutavādadhutadhammadhutaṅgāni dhutamūlakāni, tasmā ‘‘dhuto veditabbo’’ti āraddhaṃ, tattha kilese dhuni dhutavāti dhuto, dhutakileso puggalo, kilesadhunano vā dhammo, kilesadhunano dhammoti ca sapubbabhāgo ariyamaggo daṭṭhabbo. Taṃ dhutasaññitaṃ kilesadhunanadhammaṃ vadati, pare tattha patiṭṭhāpetīti dhutavādo. Catukkañcettha sambhavatīti taṃ dassetuṃ – ‘‘ettha panā’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tayidanti nipāto, tassa so ayanti attho. Dhutabhūtassa dhutabhūtā dhammā dhutadhammā. Appicchatā santuṭṭhitā heṭṭhā vuttā eva . Kilese sammā likhati tacchatīti sallekho, kilesajegucchī, tassa bhāvo sallekhatā. Dvīhipi kāmehi viviccatīti paviveko, yonisomanasikārabahulo puggalo, tassa bhāvo pavivekatā. Iminā sarīraṭṭhapanamattena atthīti idamaṭṭhi ttha-kārassa ṭṭha-kāraṃ katvā, tassa bhāvo idamaṭṭhitā, imehi vā kusaladhammehi atthi idamaṭṭhi, yena ñāṇena ‘‘pabbajitena nāma paṃsukūlikaṅgādīsu patiṭṭhitena bhavitabba’’nti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ dhutaguṇe samādiyati ceva pariharati ca, taṃ ñāṇaṃ idamaṭṭhitā. Tenāha – ‘‘idamaṭṭhitā ñāṇamevā’’ti. Dhutadhammā nāmāti dhutaṅgasevanāya paṭipakkhabhūtānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ dhunanavasena pavattiyā dhutoti laddhanāmāya dhutaṅgacetanāya upakārakā dhammāti katvā dhutadhammā nāma . Anupatantīti tadantogadhā tappariyāpannā honti tadubhayasseva pavattivisesabhāvato. Paṭikkhepavatthūsūti dhutaṅgasevanāya paṭikkhipitabbavatthūsu pahātabbavatthūsu.
粪扫衣支……乃至……常坐不卧支,这里的列举同样以省略方式呈现。凡应在此说明的内容,在《清净道论》中均已详细解说。仅凭“头陀论者”一词,便已含摄了长老的头陀身份,故而说“于头陀论者……”。这位长老被称为“大”,既因为他发愿等初心之宏大,也因他对教法的广大护持,又或纯粹因其功德之宏伟,这些都是对长老的称叹。如同称“大目犍连”一样,他即是“大迦叶”。显示巴利原文
Paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ…pe… nesajjikaṅganti uddesopi peyyālanayena dassito. Yadettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.22 ādayo) vitthārato vuttaṃ. Dhutavādaggahaṇeneva therassa dhutabhāvopi gahito hotīti ‘‘dhutavādāna’’nteva vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ mahāti abhinīhārādimahantatāyapi sāsanassa upakāritāyapi ayaṃ thero mahā, guṇamahantatāya pasaṃsāvacanameva vā etaṃ therassa yadidaṃ mahākassapoti yathā ‘‘mahāmoggallāno’’ti.
由于他对导师依三种事而起的说法生起了净信,并安住于优婆塞的身份,因而说了“受持布萨支……”等。应如此连接:“对于这个殊胜的地位……”。“诚信之行”是指能成就诚实状态的行为,或从不说虚诳语的角度,指能达成那诚实目的的行为,这是其含义。“喧哗”是指好奇的骚动。导师每逢第七年说法时,会观察适合众生听法的时间,白日在傍晚时分说法,夜晚则持续整夜。因此说:‘婆罗门对婆罗门女说:“贤者,您是打算夜里听法,还是白天听法呢?”’“可信”是指值得信赖的状态。另有版本写作“从那时起,他……”显示巴利原文
Satthu dhammadesanāya vatthuttaye sañjātappasādatāya upāsakabhāve ṭhitattā vuttaṃ – ‘‘uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāyā’’tiādi. Etassa aggabhāvassāti yojetabbaṃ. Saccakāroti saccabhāvāvaho kāro, avisaṃvādanavasena vā tadatthasādhanoti attho. Kolāhalanti kutūhalavipphāro. Satthā sattame sattame saṃvacchare dhammaṃ kathento sattānaṃ savanayoggaṃ kālaṃ sallakkhento divā sāyanhasamayaṃ katheti, rattiyaṃ sakalayāmaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇe āha – ‘bhoti kiṃ rattiṃ dhammaṃ suṇissasi divā’’’ti. Vissāsikoti vissāsikabhāvo. ‘‘Tato paṭṭhāya so’’ti vā pāṭho.
“圆满波罗蜜二阿僧祇劫”,此句是他依传承所闻,取其义而说。“未异熟的果”,指果报尚未成熟。“于善时”,指适当的时机。“星宿”,指以星宿标示的节庆。因为在各个星宿时当庆祝的节日,便名为星宿,其余则名为节庆。“导出”,是说它能将人从全然陷落的痛苦中解救出来,由此带来出离,并能获得所希求的目标,故称导出。“他们”,指那些金莲花。“垂饰”,指以种种金宝镶嵌的珍宝花鬘。“依福威力”,是说依凭福力所成就的规律。那位梵天为他创造了机会,使他得以赐予波罗奈城的王位。“华丽车”,指吉祥车。据说,白伞、顶冠、拂尘、宝剑、宝履这五种是王权的标志,但在这里,将白伞单独列出,而将狮子座作为第五种。“披衣的边缘”,指所披衣服的布边。他被那能施予天衣的福力所驱使,因此说道:‘孩子,那件难道不粗糙吗?’“啊,苦行者!”意思是:‘唉,我这国王可真可怜啊!’“信受诸佛已”,是说信受诸佛的教法之后。“百经行处”中,‘iti’一词是‘等等’的意思。因此,它包含了火堂等其他适合出家人的处所。显示巴利原文
Dveasaṅkhyeyyāni pūritapāramissāti idaṃ sā paramparāya sotapatitaṃ atthaṃ gahetvā āha. Adinnavipākassāti avipakkavipākassa. Bhaddake kāleti yutte kāle. Nakkhattanti nakkhattena lakkhitaṃ chaṇaṃ. Tasmiṃ tasmiñhi nakkhatte anubhavitabbachaṇāni nakkhattāni nāma, itarāni pana chaṇāni nāma. Sammāpatitadukkhato vimocanena tato niyyānāvahatāya icchitatthassa labhāpanato ca niyyānikaṃ. Tesanti suvaṇṇapadumānaṃ. Olambakāti suvaṇṇaratanavicittā ratanadāmā. Puññaniyāmenāti puññānubhāvasiddhena niyāmena. Svassa bārāṇasirajjaṃ dātuṃ katokāso. Phussarathanti maṅgalarathaṃ. Setacchattauṇhīsavālabījanikhaggamaṇipādukāni pañcavidhaṃ rājakakudhabhaṇḍanti vadanti. Idha pana setacchattaṃ visuṃ gahitanti sīhāsanaṃ pañcamaṃ katvā vadanti. Pārupanakaṇṇanti pārupanavatthassa dasantaṃ. Dibbavatthadāyipuññānubhāvacodito ‘‘nanu tātā thūla’’nti āha. Aho tapassīti aho kapaṇo ahaṃ rājāti attho. Buddhānaṃ saddahitvāti buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ saddahitvā. Caṅkamanasatānīti iti-saddo ādyattho. Tena hi aggisālādīni pabbajitasāruppāni ṭhānāni saṅgaṇhāti.
「善戏乐」是指应向圣者般涅槃处所作的供养。「不逸懈、无病,圣者」是显示问候的样貌。「般涅槃了,天女!」是王后作出的回答。「备办已」即奉献之后。「沙门出家」是指由平息了诸恶的圣者们所应实践的出家。因为那位国王曾见过独觉佛的威仪,心想『这才是好的』,于是采取了和他们一样的形相。「即于彼处」指就在那梵天界。应结合『于第二十年到来时』这一句来理解。因为他刚从梵天界死没而生,且长时积集了梵行的重任,所以说『切勿作如是说』。有人说二十达拉那等于一尼卡,也有人说五巴拉等于一尼卡。「女相」指女宝出生之处。「圣女」是指我们圣者的女儿,意即拔达迦比拉尼。「同等之叶」指内容相同的信函,即适合王子与公主的相配书信。那些男子从会面之地,以摩揭陀国的大渡村和末陀国的沙嘎喇城为目标分头离去,互相告别,所以说『向此及彼派遣』。显示巴利原文
Sādhukīḷitanti ariyānaṃ parinibbutaṭṭhāne kātabbasakkāraṃ vadati. Nappamajji, nirogā ayyāti pucchitākāradassanaṃ. Parinibbutā devāti devī paṭivacanaṃ adāsi. Paṭiyādetvāti niyyātetvā. Samaṇakapabbajjanti samitapāpehi ariyehi anuṭṭhātabbapabbajjaṃ. So hi rājā paccekabuddhānaṃ vesassa diṭṭhattā ‘‘idameva bhaddaka’’nti tādisaṃyeva liṅgaṃ gaṇhi. Tatthevāti brahmaloke eva. Vīsatime vasse sampatteti āharitvā sambandho. Brahmalokato cavitvā nibbattattā, brahmacariyādhikārassa ca cirakālasambhūtattā ‘‘evarūpaṃ kathaṃ mā kathethā’’ti āha. Vīsati dharaṇāni nikkhanti vadanti, pañcapalaṃ nikkhanti apare. Itthākaroti itthiratanassa uppattiṭṭhānaṃ. Ayyadhītāti amhākaṃ ayyassa dhītā, bhaddakāpilānīti attho. Samānapaṇṇanti sadisapaṇṇaṃ sadisalekhaṃ kumārassa kumārikāya ca yuttaṃ paṇṇalekhaṃ. Te purisā samāgataṭṭhānato magadharaṭṭhe mahātitthagāmaṃ maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagarañca uddissa apakkamantā aññamaññaṃ vissajjantā nāma hontīti ‘‘ito ca etto ca pesesu’’nti vuttā.
「花鬘」指如象鼻大小的花环。「他们」指那两串由两人各自编好的花鬘。「他们」指拔达与毕钵离王子这两位。「以世间染着」指以欲乐之味。「不交杂」指不混杂,犹如在瓶中燃烧的灯火一般,因为他们内心因闪耀着解脱之种而振奋。「犹如机械连接」指为了农作物的成就,在各处依门闩装置而设置的出水槽。「耕处」指从事耕作之地。「奴村」指奴隶们居住的村落。「投入已」即放进去之后。「依威仪及行为故」指根据其姿态与行为的方式。「不相称」指出家之身不相符合。「于其顶」指在道路分岔成两股的岔口处。应联系上下文理解:为了接纳他们,他才坐下。但为了说明当时导师在那里的坐姿,才又说了『然而当坐下时……』等语。在那里,佛陀那经由无量时间所积集、难思难测的福德资粮所生起,由色身威神力与佛德光辉所照耀,以三十二大人相与八十随形好为庄严,以丈光与光鬘为装饰,因法性本自成就而非造作的色身祥瑞——为了增长大迦叶那未曾亲见而生起的净信,世尊毫不压抑地坐着,因此说他『持佛威仪……而坐下』。「八十肘」是说那光芒遍满八十肘的区域而发散,故如此称呼。「百枝」指多枝、无数分枝。他之所以变成『金色』,是因为身躯不间断地被佛陀的光芒从四面八方完全散布、充满的缘故。显示巴利原文
Pupphadāmanti hatthihatthappamāṇaṃ pupphadāmaṃ. Tānīti tāni ubhohi ganthāpitāni dve pupphadāmāni. Teti ubho bhaddā ceva pippalikumāro ca . Lokāmisenāti kāmassādena. Asaṃsaṭṭhāti na saṃyuttā ghaṭe jalantena viya padīpena ajjhāsaye samujjalantena vimokkhabījena samussāhitacittattā. Yantabaddhānīti sassasampādanatthaṃ tattha tattha dvārakavāṭayojanavasena baddhāni nikkhamanatumbāni. Kammantoti kasikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. Dāsikagāmāti dāsānaṃ vasanagāmā. Osāretvāti pakkhipitvā. Ākappakuttavasenāti ākāravasena kiriyāvasena. Ananucchavikanti pabbajitabhāvassa ananurūpaṃ. Tassa matthaketi dvedhāpathassa dvidhābhūtaṭṭhāne. Etesaṃ saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti nisīdatīti sambandho. Sā pana tattha satthu nisajjā edisīti dassetuṃ – ‘‘nisīdanto panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yā buddhānaṃ aparimitakālasambhūtācinteyyāpariññeyyapuññasambhārūpacayanibbattā rūpappabhāvabuddhaguṇavijjotitā dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇaasītianubyañjanasamujjalitā byāmappabhāketumālālaṅkatā sabhāvasiddhitāya akittimā rūpakāyasirī, taṃyeva mahākassapassa adiṭṭhapubbappasādasaṃvaddhanatthaṃ aniggūhitvā nisinno bhagavā ‘‘buddhavesaṃ gahetvā…pe… nisīdī’’ti vutto. Asītihatthappadesaṃ byāpetvā pavattiyā asītihatthāti vuttā. Satasākhoti bahusākho anekasākho. Suvaṇṇavaṇṇova ahosi nirantaraṃ buddharasmīhi samantato samokiṇṇabhāvato.
“于三处”指在远处、不远不近处与近处这三种处所。“以三教诫”即是以这三种教诫:“因此,迦叶,你应当这样学:‘我应当对长老、新学及中年的比丘们,让猛利的惭与愧现前安住。’迦叶,你应当这样学。因此,迦叶,你应当这样学:‘无论我听闻何种与善相应的法,都将全心全意地尊重、作意,倾尽全心去听闻。’迦叶,你应当这样学。因此,迦叶,你应当这样学:‘与乐俱行的身至念,将不会离我而去。’迦叶,你应当这样学。”(《相应部》2.154)以此三种教诫。在这里,世尊宣说第一种教诫,是为了断除长老因生于婆罗门种姓而产生的族姓慢;第二种,是为了断除仗恃多闻而起的我慢;第三种,是为了断除凭藉资具圆满而生的自我爱着。“你的这件是柔软的”,意思是你的这件袈裟很柔软。世尊为何这样说?因为他想与长老交换袈裟。为何想交换?因为他想把长老安立在自己的本位上。难道没有舍利弗与目犍连吗?有。然而世尊这样思惟:“这两位尊者会久住,而大迦叶的寿命有一百二十岁,他将于我般涅槃后,住于七叶窟,结集法与律,令我的教法……显示巴利原文
Tīsu ṭhānesūti dūrato nātidūre āsanneti tīsu ṭhānesu. Tīhi ovādehīti ‘‘tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘tibbaṃ me hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati theresu navesu majjhimesū’ti. Evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘yaṃ kiñci dhammaṃ suṇissāmi kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karitvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇissāmī’ti, evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘sātasahagatā ca me kāyagatāsati na vijahissatī’ti, evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabba’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) imehi tīhi ovādehi. Ettha hi bhagavā paṭhamaṃ ovādaṃ therassa brāhmaṇajātikattā jātimānappahānatthamabhāsi, dutiyaṃ bāhusaccaṃ nissāya uppajjanakaahaṃkārappahānatthaṃ, tatiyaṃ upadhisampattiṃ nissāya uppajjanakaattasinehappahānatthaṃ . Mudukā kho tyāyanti mudukā kho te ayaṃ. Kasmā pana bhagavā evamāha? Therena saha cīvaraṃ parivattetukāmatāya. Kasmā parivattetukāmo jātoti? Theraṃ attano ṭhāne ṭhapetukāmatāya. Kiṃ sāriputtamoggallānā natthīti? Atthi, evaṃ panassa ahosi ‘‘imena ciraṃ ṭhassanti, kassapo pana vīsativassasatāyuko, so mayi parinibbute sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ vasitvā dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ katvā mama sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇakālappavattanakaṃ karissatīti attano ṭhāne ṭhapesi. Evaṃ bhikkhū kassapassa sussūsitabbaṃ maññissantī’’ti. Tasmā evamāha.
“如月”指如同月亮一般。并非取其形态圆满,而是因月亮行于天际时,不与任何事物结亲、生情或起执,却依然为大众所喜爱、称心;同样,这位比丘也不与任何人建立亲密等,而为大众所喜爱、称心,如月一般,前往刹帝利家等四种姓之家。这是其含义。“身远离已,心远离”指正是由于不建立亲密等,将身与心一并抽离,也就是撤去。“常新”指恒常保持如初来者的状态,如同客人。这是其含义。因为客人依次到达所访的人家,屋主见到客人,心生悲悯,想:“我们的儿子、兄弟远游离家,也是如此游历吧。”便请他们就座,作诸供养。客人用毕餐食,随即说:“收好你们的食器”,便起身离去,既不与他们建立亲密,也不替他们处理事务;同样,这位比丘也是如此:依次到达所访的人家,接受那些因其威仪而生起净信者所施之物后,便断绝亲密,不参与他们的事务,随后离去。显示巴利原文
Candūpamoti candasadiso hutvā. Kiṃ parimaṇḍalatāya? No, apica kho yathā cando gaganatalaṃ pakkhandamāno na kenaci saddhiṃ santhavaṃ vā sinehaṃ vā ālayaṃ vā karoti, na ca na hoti mahājanassa piyo manāpo, ayampi evaṃ kenaci saddhiṃ santhavādīnaṃ akaraṇena bahujanassa piyo manāpo candūpamo hutvā khattiyakulādīni cattāri kulāni upasaṅkamatīti attho. Apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittanti teneva santhavādīnaṃ akaraṇena kāyañca cittañca apakaḍḍhitvā, apanetvāti attho. Niccaṃ navoti niccanavakova, āgantukasadiso hutvāti attho. Āgantuko hi paṭipāṭiyā sampattagehaṃ pavisitvā sace naṃ gharasāmikā disvā ‘‘amhākampi puttabhātaro vippavāsaṃ gantvā evaṃ vicariṃsū’’ti anukampamānā nisīdāpetvā bhojenti, bhuttamattoyeva ‘‘tumhākaṃ bhājanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti uṭṭhāya pakkamati, na tehi saddhiṃ santhavaṃ vā karoti, kiccakaraṇīyāni vā saṃvidahati, evamayampi paṭipāṭiyā sampattaṃ gharaṃ pavisitvā yaṃ iriyāpathe pasannā manussā denti, taṃ gahetvā chinnasanthavo tesaṃ kiccakaraṇīye abyāvaṭo hutvā nikkhamatīti dīpeti.
“Appagabbho”意为不傲慢,即远离了由身引起的八种傲慢、由语引起的四种傲慢,以及由意引起的种种傲慢。所说的八种身傲慢,是指在僧团中、在大众中、对个人、在食堂、在浴室、在洗浴的埠头、在乞食的路上,以及进入俗人家时,以身体作出不适当的行为。四种语傲慢,是指在僧团中、在大众中、对个人及在俗人家中,说出不适当的话语。种种意傲慢,是指在上述诸处所,即使未曾以身语违犯,心中却思惟欲寻等不善心念。因断尽了这一切的傲慢,故成为不傲慢者,而前往各各俗家。此外,结合《迦叶相应经》,为显示月光道长老在头陀功德中最为第一的事实,故说‘以此迦叶相应的事迹为因缘而作’。显示巴利原文
Appagabbhoti nappagabbho, aṭṭhaṭṭhānena kāyapāgabbhiyena, catuṭṭhānena vacīpāgabbhiyena, anekaṭṭhānena manopāgabbhiyena ca virahitoti attho. Aṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ kāyapāgabbhiyaṃ nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalabhojanasālajantāgharanahānatitthabhikkhācāramaggesu antaragharapavesane ca kāyena appatirūpakaraṇaṃ. Catuṭṭhānaṃ vacīpāgabbhiyaṃ nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalaantaragharesu appatirūpavācānicchāraṇaṃ. Anekaṭṭhānaṃ manopāgabbhiyaṃ nāma tesu tesu ṭhānesu kāyavācāhi ajjhācāraṃ anāpajjitvāpi manasā kāmavitakkādīnaṃ vitakkanaṃ. Sabbesampi imesaṃ pāgabbhiyānaṃ abhāvena appagabbho hutvā kulāni upasaṅkamatīti attho. Kassapasaṃyuttena ca candūpamappaṭipadāditherassa dhutavādesu aggabhāvassa bodhitattā vuttaṃ ‘‘etadeva kassapasaṃyuttaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā’’ti.
阿那律长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Anuruddhattheravatthu
192 第五篇中,「bhojanapapañcamattaṃ」(唯以食物为事),是指在行乞的村落中为托钵而行走、名为食物受用的唯以食物为事。「dīparukkhānaṃ」(灯树),指由铜、木等材料制成的大灯树。即使那些铜制的灯座,习惯上也称为灯树,应如此理解。其余的灯则有垂挂灯、圆盘灯、游行灯等。显示巴利原文
192. Pañcame bhojanapapañcamattanti gocaragāme piṇḍāya caraṇāhāraparibhogasaññitaṃ bhojanapapañcamattaṃ. Dīparukkhānanti lohadantakaṭṭhamayānaṃ mahantānaṃ dīparukkhānaṃ. Lohamayesupi hi tesu dīpādhāresu dīparukkhakāti ruḷhiresā daṭṭhabbā. Olambakadīpamaṇḍaladīpasañcaraṇadīpādikā sesadīpā.
「anupariyāyi」(绕行),意指为作右绕而行走。「ahaṃ tenā」的意思是:‘凡是你所需的,我即以此提供给你,因此,你拿去享用吧。’「suvaṇṇapātiyaṃyevassa bhattaṃ uppajjī」(饭食即出现于他的金钵中):藉由天神的威力而出现,没有任何烹煮之事。「satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakkesī」(他思惟了七种大人之思惟),指他思惟了‘此法是为少欲者,非为多欲者’等七种大人之思惟。「aṭṭhamaṃ」(第八种),指‘此法是为远离戏论乐者,非为戏论乐者’这一大人之思惟。显示巴利原文
Anupariyāyi padakkhiṇakaraṇavasena. Ahaṃ tenāti yena tuyhaṃ attho, ahaṃ tena pavāremi, tasmā taṃ āharāpetvā gaṇhāti attho. Suvaṇṇapātiyaṃyevassa bhattaṃ uppajjīti devatānubhāvena uppajji, na kiñci pacanakiccaṃ atthi. Satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakkesīti ‘‘appicchassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassā’’tiādike satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakkesi. Aṭṭhameti ‘‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassā’’ti etasmiṃ purisavitakke.
「mama saṅkappamaññāya」(了知我的意图后),即了知我的意图——依于‘此法是为少欲者,非为多欲者’等大人之思惟,虽已开始修习,却因无力达至究竟而中途停下的那个意图。「manomayena」(以意所成身),意为如同意所成身般,由心所化作,即化现之身。「iddhiyā」(以神通),指以如是决意神通:‘愿此身如同此心一般。’显示巴利原文
Mama saṅkappamaññāyāti ‘‘appicchassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.358; a. ni. 8.30) mahāpurisavitakkavasena āraddhamattaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetuṃ asamatthabhāvena ṭhitaṃ mama saṅkappaṃ jānitvā. Manomayenāti manomayena viya manasā nimmitasadisena, pariṇāmitenāti attho. Iddhiyāti ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo idaṃ cittaṃ viya hotū’’ti evaṃ pavattāya adhiṭṭhāniddhiyā.
“yadā me ahu saṅkappo”(当我生起思惟时):指在那一刻,我心中生起这样的念头:“这第八大人之思惟,究竟是怎样?”当我如此思惟时,世尊即知我意,以神通力降临,进一步为我开示——这便是文句的衔接之意。“uttari desayi”(进一步开示):即完整宣说这第八大人之思惟:“此法是无戏论者、乐无戏论者的法,非为喜好戏论、贪着戏论者之法。”为显明这个被开示的法,于是说:“佛陀乐无戏论,开示无戏论法。”所谓戏论,就是贪等烦恼;因止息这些烦恼,以及无有烦恼,故出世间法称为无戏论。世尊如实亲证此法,也便如实开示此法,即开示了以自证而称叹的四圣谛教说。显示巴利原文
Yadā me ahu saṅkappoti yasmiṃ kāle mayhaṃ ‘‘kīdiso nu kho aṭṭhamo mahāpurisavitakko’’ti parivitakko ahosi, yadā me ahu saṅkappo, tato mama saṅkappamaññāya iddhiyā upasaṅkami, uttari desayīti yojanā. Uttari desayīti ‘‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ dhammo nippapañcaratino , nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’’ti (dī. ni. 3.358; a. ni. 8.30) imaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ pūrento upari desayi. Taṃ pana desitaṃ dassento āha – ‘‘nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcamadesayī’’ti, papañcā nāma rāgādayo kilesā, tesaṃ vūpasamanatāya tadabhāvato ca lokuttaradhammā nippapañcā nāma. Yathā taṃ pāpuṇāti, tathā dhammaṃ desesi, sāmukkaṃsikaṃ catusaccadesanaṃ adesayīti attho.
“tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāya”(我知此法后):即我了悟导师所开示的法之后。“vihāsiṃ”(安住):意为随顺教导而行持安住。“sāsane rato”(乐于教法):指爱乐含摄三学的教法。“tisso vijjā anuppattā”(证得三明):即我现证、亲证了宿命明、天眼明、漏尽明这三明。由此,我完成了佛陀的教敕,遵行了教导与教诫——这便是句中的含义。显示巴利原文
Tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāyāti tassa satthu desanādhammaṃ jānitvā. Vihāsinti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjanto vihariṃ. Sāsane ratoti sikkhattayasaṅgahe sāsane abhirato. Tisso vijjā anuppattāti pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ, dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayañāṇanti imā tisso vijjā mayā anuppattā sacchikatā. Tato eva kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ, anusiṭṭhi ovādo anuṭṭhitoti attho.
跋地亚长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Bhaddiyattheravatthu
193 在第六篇中,因“uccā”一词与“ucca”(高贵)同义,故释云:“uccākulikānaṃ”即“生于高贵家族之人”。“kāḷī sā devī”(那名迦利女神):因她肤色黝黑,故称“迦利女神”。所谓“依家族次第承袭王位者,正是大贵族”,所以接着便说:“正是他”等。显示巴利原文
193. Chaṭṭhe ucca-saddena samānattho uccā-saddoti āha – ‘‘uccākulikānanti ucce kule jātāna’’nti. Kāḷī sā devīti kāḷavaṇṇatāya kāḷī sā devī. Kulānukkamena rajjānuppatti mahākulinassevāti vuttaṃ – ‘‘soyeva cā’’tiādi.
矮小跋地亚长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyattheravatthu
194 194. 第七句中,「空」指无物可施。「随念功德」是说:了知世尊的色身功德及威仪具足等功德后,随念自己心中的意向,接受并受用芒果等,像这样随念那些现前生起的种种功德。显示巴利原文
194. Sattame rittakoti deyyavatthurahito. Guṇe āvajjetvāti bhagavato rūpaguṇe ceva ākappasampadādiguṇe ca attano adhippāyaṃ ñatvā ambapakkassa paṭiggahaṇaṃ paribhuñjananti evamādike yathāupaṭṭhite guṇe āvajjetvā.
宾头卢颇罗堕长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheravatthu
195 195. 第八句中,因无所畏惧而发出的吼声犹如狮子之吼,故名「狮子吼」。正因他们具有这种吼声,故称「具狮子吼者」。对于应呵责与应赞叹的法,唯有如实了知者的呵责与赞叹才恰如其分,因此说:「诸佛确实名为……」等。「生已尽」等句,是表明省察智所行之处。因为圣弟子正是以此智省察时,才清晰地了知「生已尽」等。那么,他怎样的「生」已尽,又是如何了知的呢?并非他过去的生已尽,因为那些早已灭去;亦非未来的生,因为对未来他并未造作什么;更非现在的生,因为现在的生尚存。真正已尽的,是先前因未修道而本会在未来生起的一蕴有或五蕴有,即具一种或五种蕴的生命;由于道已修习圆满,那种生命已达不生之性,故说「已尽」。圣弟子省察到那些由修道所断的烦恼后,便如此了知:「当烦恼彻底不存在时,纵有旧业,未来也不会导致结生。」他正是这样了知的。显示巴利原文
195. Aṭṭhame abhītanādabhāvena sīhassa viya nādo sīhanādo, so etesaṃ atthīti sīhanādikā, tesaṃ sīhanādikānaṃ. Garahitabbapasaṃsitabbadhamme yāthāvato jānantasseva garahā pasaṃsā ca yuttarūpāti āha – ‘‘buddhā ca nāmā’’tiādi. Khīṇā jātītiādīhi paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa bhūmiṃ dasseti. Tena hi ñāṇena ariyasāvako paccavekkhanto ‘‘khīṇā jātī’’tiādiṃ pajānāti. Katamā panassa jāti khīṇā, kathañca pajānātīti? Na tāvassa atītā khīṇā pubbeva khīṇattā, na anāgatā anāgate vāyāmābhāvato, na paccuppannā vijjamānattā. Yā pana maggassa abhāvitattā uppajjeyya ekacatupañcavokārabhavesu ekacatupañcakkhandhappabhedā jāti, sā maggassa bhāvitattā anuppādadhammataṃ āpajjanena khīṇā. Taṃ so maggabhāvanāya pahīnakilese paccavekkhitvā ‘‘kilesābhāve vijjamānampi kammaṃ āyatiṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ hotī’’ti jānanto pajānāti.
「已住」指已起、已圆满遍住,即已作、已行、已究竟之意。「梵行」此处指道梵行。因为连同凡夫善人,以及七种有学圣者,都正安住于道梵行中,而诸漏尽者则是已圆满住于此行。因此,圣弟子省察自己的梵行住时,即了知「梵行已立」。「所作已办」意为:于四圣谛中,经由四条圣道,以遍知、断除、证悟、修习这四种通达方式,所应完成的十六种任务,皆已彻底完成。凡夫善人等仍在行其事,漏尽者则已办毕应作。因此,圣弟子省察自己应作之事时,即了知「所作已办」。「不受后有」意为:如今为了再度进入这些生命状态、再办那十六种任务,或为了断尽烦恼而再修道,于我皆无此必要。再者,就生命状态而言,「不受后有」是指:于现存的这堆持续的五蕴之外,我别无另一堆未来的五蕴相续;而现存的五蕴,虽已被遍知,却如断根之树暂立,待最后一念识灭时,便如无薪之火般彻底熄灭。显示巴利原文
Vusitanti vuṭṭhaṃ parivuṭṭhaṃ, kataṃ caritaṃ niṭṭhitanti attho. Brahmacariyanti maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Puthujjanakalyāṇakena hi saddhiṃ satta sekkhā maggabrahmacariyaṃ vasanti nāma, khīṇāsavo vuṭṭhavāso. Tasmā ariyasāvako attano brahmacariyavāsaṃ paccavekkhanto ‘‘vusitaṃ brahmacariya’’nti pajānāti. Kataṃ karaṇīyanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayavasena soḷasavidhaṃ kiccaṃ niṭṭhāpitanti attho. Puthujjanakalyāṇakādayo hi taṃ kiccaṃ karonti, khīṇāsavo katakaraṇīyo. Tasmā ariyasāvako attano karaṇīyaṃ paccavekkhanto ‘‘kataṃ karaṇīya’’nti pajānāti. Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti idāni puna itthabhāvāya evaṃ soḷasavidhakiccabhāvāya, kilesakkhayāya vā maggabhāvanāya kiccaṃ me natthīti pajānāti. Atha vā itthattāyāti itthabhāvato imasmā evaṃpakārā idāni vattamānakkhandhasantānā aparaṃ khandhasantānaṃ mayhaṃ natthi, ime pana pañcakkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā rukkhā viya, te carimakaviññāṇanirodhena anupādāno viya jātavedo nibbāyissantīti pajānāti.
满慈子(曼多尼子富楼那)长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Mantāṇiputtapuṇṇattheravatthu
196 第九句中,由于他在十八种技艺的领域中都达到了圆满成就,所以宣说“于一切技艺中成为善巧”。又因彼处所能学得的,唯是能引生神通与胜智之法,故说“未见到解脱法”。由此他才说:“这即所谓三吠陀”等。的确,单凭这些,就连脱离恶趣也极其困难。而他因获得了以神通为伴的八等至,自身亦得一分寂静,于是赞叹那位已达最上成就、证得无上调伏与寂静、不与一切外道共的世尊,而说出:“此人……”等语。“他们取钵过来”的意思,是取来钵器,来到这无主之地。“诸佛”是出于恭敬心而用的复数。“受用”是指他受用了天神们投入的天食,以及林间的树根野果。实际上,钵器刚一放好,天神们便立时将天食投入其中。“正思惟后”义为审察之后,也有说是反复思惟之后。“他们证得阿拉汉果”是指摩诃德瓦长老在讲说随喜语时,藉由渐次之教说而作证,令他们的心相续极清净,从而证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
196. Navame aṭṭhārasasupi vijjāṭṭhānesu nipphattiṃ gatattā ‘‘sabbasippesu kovido hutvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Abhidayāabbhaññāvahasseva dhammassa tattha upalabbhanato ‘‘mokkhadhammaṃ adisvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘idaṃ vedattayaṃ nāmā’’tiādi . Tathā hi anena duggatiparimuccanampi dullabhaṃ, abhiññāparivārānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ lābhitāya sayaṃ ekadesena upasanto paramukkaṃsagataṃ uttamadamathasamathaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ sambhāvento ‘‘ayaṃ puriso’’tiādimāha. Piṭakāni gahetvā āgacchantīti phalabhājanāni gahetvā assāmikāya āgacchanti. Buddhānanti gāravavasena bahuvacananiddeso kato. Paribhuñjīti devatāhi pakkhittadibbojaṃ vanamūlaphalāphalaṃ paribhuñji. Patte patiṭṭhāpitasamanantarameva hi devatā tattha dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Sammasitvāti paccavekkhitvā, parivattetvāti ca vadanti. Arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti mahādevattherassa anumodanakathāya anupubbikathāsakkhikāya suvisodhitacittasantānā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
所谓“以十种论事”,即:少欲论、知足论、远离论、不杂住论、精进策励论、戒成就论、定成就论、慧成就论、解脱成就论、解脱智见成就论,以此十种为论事。“生于本地之居民”指生于世尊出生国的人。“随视其头”是指跟随在前面的人身后,不断注视其头。“注意到机会”指留意到谈话的适当时机。“询问七清净的次第”是指以“贤友,是否为了戒清净而于世尊座下修梵行?”这种方式,问及七种清净。由于他对此十种论事特别成就,故被安立在说法者中最上的位置。显示巴利原文
Dasahi kathāvatthūhīti appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlasampadākathā samādhisampadākathā paññāsampadākathā vimuttisampadākathā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadākathāti imehi dasahi kathāvatthūhi. Jātibhūmiraṭṭhavāsinoti jātibhūmivantadesavāsino, satthu jātadesavāsinoti attho. Sīsānulokikoti purato gacchantassa sīsaṃ anu anu passanto. Okāsaṃ sallakkhetvāti sākacchāya avasaraṃ sallakkhetvā. Sattavisuddhikkamaṃ pucchīti ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.257) satta visuddhiyo pucchi. Dhammakathikānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi savisesena dasakathāvatthulābhitāya.
大迦旃延长老事显示巴利原文
Mahākaccānattheravatthu
197 所谓“为略说法义者”,是指如同在《蜜丸经》等开示中那样,对于简略说示的法义。“将彼开示广分别”是说从处等角度,将那简略的开示详加分别。“分析义理而解说”是指将那简略开示的义理分析后加以解说。“或以义”是说能依“这些是此之义理”的方式,就义理而圆满开示;“或以言辞”是说能依“这些是根据开示应当说的言辞”的方式,就言辞而圆满开示。然而,这位大迦旃延尊者两种方式皆能成办,因他能将简略提示的法义随顺世尊的意趣予以详细阐说,故在此被称为最上。“依照前述的方式”是指如前面所说的:“清晨用过美好的饮食后,受持布萨戒……”等等。“以他人的”是指用其他女人的头发,那些头发极长,不仅长,而且光滑、乌黑、柔软、卷曲。“少发”是指头发稀少,如同所说的“少女腹平”一样。显示巴利原文
197. Dasame saṃkhittena kathitadhammassāti madhupiṇḍikasuttantadesanāsu viya saṅkhepena desitadhammassa. Taṃ desanaṃ vitthāretvāti taṃ saṅkhepadesanaṃ āyatanādivasena vitthāretvā. Atthaṃ vibhajamānānanti tassā saṅkhepadesanāya atthaṃ vibhajitvā kathentānaṃ. Atthavasena vāti ‘‘ettakā etassa atthā’’ti atthavasena vā desanaṃ pūretuṃ sakkonti. Byañjanavasena vāti ‘‘ettakāni ettha byañjanāni desanāvasena vattabbānī’’ti byañjanavasena vā pūretuṃ sakkonti. Ayaṃ pana mahākaccānatthero ubhayavasenapi sakkoti tassa saṅkhepena uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena satthu ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ desanato, tasmā tattha aggoti vutto. Vuttanayenevāti ‘‘pātova subhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāyā’’tiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva. Aññehīti aññāsaṃ itthīnaṃ kesehi ativiya dīghā. Na kevalañca dīghā eva, atha kho siniddhanīlamudukañcikā ca. Nikkesīti appakesī yathā ‘‘anudarā kaññā’’ti.
'商品':指可贩卖的货物。'思惟后':即思惟头发作为亲依止缘,以及它恢复自然的状态。'以敬意':即使自己已经剃了光头,出于对长老们的敬重,仅凭一句话便赶来了。'邀请后':即邀请[长老们]接受明日的供养。'对此女人':即指前面所说的那位长者的女儿。'唯是现法受':这是一个绝对确定的表述,意思是她唯于现世便获得了荣盛。所谓'荣盛',即是成就了殊胜。因为在七个速行心里,第一个速行心感得现世受的果报,最后一个速行心感得来世受的果报,中间五个感得未来世的果报。所以,除了第一个思之外,其余的思在未来各自都将圆满成熟果报,而第一个思只现前成就了现世的荣盛。显示巴利原文
Paṇiyanti vikketabbabhaṇḍaṃ. Āvajjetvāti upanissayaṃ kesānaṃ pakatibhāvāpattiñca āvajjetvā. Gāravenāti muṇḍasīsāpi there gāravena ekavacaneneva āgantvā. Nimantetvāti svātanāya nimantetvā. Imissā itthiyāti yathāvuttaseṭṭhidhītaramāha. Diṭṭhadhammikovāti avadhāraṇaṃ aṭṭhānapayuttaṃ, diṭṭhadhammiko yasapaṭilābhova ahosīti attho. Yasapaṭilābhoti ca bhavasampattipaṭilābho. Sattasu hi javanacetanāsu paṭhamā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaphalā, pacchimā upapajjavedanīyaphalā, majjhe pañca aparāpariyavedanīyaphalā, tasmā paṭhamaṃ ekaṃ cetanaṃ ṭhapetvā sesā yathāsakaṃ paripuṇṇaphaladāyino honti, paṭhamacetanāya pana diṭṭhadhammiko yasapaṭilābhova ahosi.
14. 最上品显示巴利原文
14. Etadaggavaggo
(14)2. 第二最上品注释显示巴利原文
(14) 2. Dutiyaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
周利槃陀伽上座事显示巴利原文
Cūḷapanthakattheravatthu
198-200 '由意所成':即由神通智所产生。'意所造身':即以神通心到达他处之身。'由意所化之身':如同'化现另一身'等(《长部》1.236-237;《无碍解道》3.14)中所说,是由神通意所幻化之身。'只与自身相似':即只类似于自己。'只以自身方式':即只以自己所造的那种样式。声闻弟子的神变方式,绝大多数以此方式为最上。之所以称为最上,是因为它在部分程度上随顺了导师的神变。显示巴利原文
198-200. Dutiyassa paṭhame manena nibbattitanti abhiññāmanena uppāditaṃ. Manena katakāyoti abhiññācittena desantaraṃ pattakāyo. Manena nibbattitakāyoti abhiññāmanasā nimmitakāyo ‘‘aññaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimminātī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.236-237; paṭi. ma. 3.14) viya. Ekasadiseyevāti attasadiseyeva. Ekavidhamevāti attanā katappakārameva. Etapparamo hi yebhuyyena sāvakānaṃ iddhinimmānavidhi. Aggo nāma jāto ekadesena satthu iddhinimmānānuvidhānato.
「具足」:此处的“具有”(lābhī)一词,“ī”音表示殊胜义。以此显示该上座极其殊胜、特别地具足四种色界禅那。对于“无色界禅那的具足”,亦同此理。并非仅仅由具足这些色界、无色界禅那,便得心与想的回转善巧,而是尚有如下等原因,因此才说“周利槃陀伽……”等。这里所说的“心”,是以心代指定,故将心从定中回转称为“心回转”;即在所缘上,令定心从下位提升至上位,并不断增长,因此具有色界禅那者名为“心回转善巧者”。超越了“全然超越诸色想”等(《法集论》265)所说的想,以想为首而说“与空无边处想相应……乃至与非想非非想处想相应”(《法集论》265-268)等,对这些禅那的回转善巧;同样,从男女想、常想等中回转心,使心纯粹在色法、无色法以及无为涅槃中特别运作,多修空随观者,名为“想回转善巧者”。由定善巧而具足心回转善巧,因其多住于此;同样,由观善巧而具足想回转善巧。第一个“一位”指周利槃陀伽上座。“于定相”,指有寻有伺等定之体性。下一个“一位”指大周利槃陀伽。“于观相”,指七随观、十……显示巴利原文
Lābhitāyāti ettha lābhīti īkāro atisayattho. Tena therassa catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ atisayena savisesalābhitaṃ dasseti. Arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ lābhitāyāti etthāpi eseva nayo. Na kevalañcetā cetosaññāvivaṭṭakusalatā rūpārūpajjhānalābhitāya eva, atha kho imehipi kāraṇehīti dassetuṃ – ‘‘cūḷapanthako cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Cetoti cettha cittasīsena samādhi vutto, tasmā cetaso samādhissa vivaṭṭanaṃ cetovivaṭṭo, ekasmiṃyevārammaṇe samādhicittaṃ vivaṭṭetvā heṭṭhimassa heṭṭhimassa uparūpari hāpanato rūpāvacarajjhānalābhī cetovivaṭṭakusalo nāma. ‘‘Sabbaso rūpasaññāna’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 265) vuttasaññā atikkamitvā ‘‘ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagata’’nti (dha. sa. 265-268) saññāsīsena vuttajjhānānaṃ vivaṭṭakusalo, tathā itthipurisādisaññā niccasaññādito cittaṃ vivaṭṭetvā kevale rūpārūpadhammamatte asaṅkhate nibbāne ca visesato vaṭṭanato ca suññatānupassanābahulo saññāvivaṭṭakusalo. Samādhikusalatāya cetovivaṭṭakusalatā tabbahulavihāritāya. Tathā vipassanākusalatāya saññāvivaṭṭakusalatā. Ekoti cūḷapanthakattheraṃ vadati. Samādhilakkhaṇeti savitakkasavicārādisamādhisabhāve. Puna ekoti mahāpanthakattheramāha. Vipassanālakkhaṇeti sattaanupassanā aṭṭhārasamahāvipassanādivipassanāsabhāve. Samādhigāḷhoti samādhismiṃ ogāḷhacitto subhāvitabhāvanatā. Aṅgasaṃkhitteti caturaṅgikativaṅgikādivasena jhānaṅgānaṃ saṅkhipane. Ārammaṇasaṃkhitteti kasiṇugghāṭimākāsādinibbattanena kasiṇādiārammaṇānaṃ saṃkhipane. Aṅgavavatthāpaneti vitakkādīnaṃ jhānaṅgānaṃ vavatthāpane. Ārammaṇavavatthāpaneti pathavīkasiṇādijjhānārammaṇānaṃ vavatthāpane.
“以禅支”:即以色界禅那支,禅支亦即禅那。次说“以禅支”:指无色界禅那支。“兄长”:指他的哥哥。“他”:指那位居士。“金花供养”:指以黄金制成的花作供养。“在天城”:指在三十三天的善见大城中。“以最上城门”:指在那一天,从最先打开的城门出城。显示巴利原文
Jhānaṅgehīti rūpāvacarajjhānaṅgehi, jhānaṅgāneva jhānaṃ. Puna jhānaṅgehīti arūpāvacarajjhānaṅgehi. Bhātāti jeṭṭhabhātā. Assāti kuṭumbiyassa. Suvaṇṇapūjanti sovaṇṇamayaṃ pupphapūjaṃ katvā. Devapureti tāvatiṃsabhavane sudassanamahānagare. Aggadvārenāti tasmiṃ divase aggaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ vivaṭena nagaradvārena nikkhamitvā.
“红睡莲”:是莲花的一个品种,如同名为“kokāsaka”的那种。据说它花瓣众多,色彩具足,极其芬芳。也有人说:“名为红睡莲者,即是白莲花。”“清晨”:即破晓时分。此处的意思是:就像那名为红睡莲的莲花,在清晨太阳升起之时,灿烂绽放,不失芬芳,光辉闪耀;同样,以身香与德香而芬芳,犹如秋空中的太阳,以自身光辉炽然,从肢体放射出光明,他看见了那具足光辉的正自觉者。显示巴利原文
Kokanadanti padumavisesanaṃ yathā ‘‘kokāsaka’’nti. Taṃ kira bahupattaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ atisugandhañca hoti. ‘‘Kokanadaṃ nāma setapaduma’’ntipi vadanti. Pātoti pageva. Ayañhettha attho – yathā kokanadasaṅkhātaṃ padumaṃ pāto sūriyuggamanavelāyaṃ phullaṃ vikasitaṃ avītagandhaṃ siyā virocamānaṃ, evaṃ sarīragandhena guṇagandhena ca sugandhaṃ saradakāle antalikkhe ādiccamiva attano tejasā tapantaṃ aṅgehi niccharaṇakajutiyā aṅgīrasaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ passāti.
据说,周利槃陀伽在过去迦叶正自觉者的时代出家,成为一位智者,却嘲弄了一位正在学习背诵的迟钝比丘。那位比丘被嘲弄后心生羞愧,既不肯受持教示,也不作诵习。由于此业,他今生出家后便变得迟钝,刚记住一个词句,再继续记下一个词句时,先前所记的词句便忘失了。世尊以神通变化出一块干净的布片给他,是见到他过去的因缘,让他修习与之相应的业处,故而给与一块干净的布。据说他过去做国王时,一次右绕城市巡行,额上流下汗水,便用一块极为干净的布擦拭额头,布被弄得污秽了。他由此生起无常想:“依凭这个身体,这样一块本来干净的布就失去了它的本性,变得污秽。诸行真是无常啊!”由于这个因缘,那去除尘垢的业处便成了他证悟的助缘。显示巴利原文
Cūḷapanthako kira kassapasammāsambuddhakāle pabbajitvā paññavā hutvā aññatarassa dandhabhikkhuno uddesagahaṇakāle parihāsakeḷiṃ akāsi. So bhikkhu tena parihāsena lajjito neva uddesaṃ gaṇhi, na sajjhāyamakāsi. Tena kammenāyaṃ pabbajitvāva dandho jāto, tasmā gahitagahitapadaṃ upariuparipadaṃ gaṇhantassa nassati. Iddhiyā abhisaṅkharitvā suddhaṃ coḷakhaṇḍaṃ adāsīti tassa pubbahetuṃ disvā tadanurūpe kammaṭṭhāne niyojento suddhaṃ coḷakhaṇḍaṃ adāsi. So kira pubbe rājā hutvā nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto nalāṭato sede muccante parisuddhena sāṭakena nalāṭaṃ puñchi, sāṭako kiliṭṭho ahosi. So ‘‘imaṃ sarīraṃ nissāya evarūpo parisuddhasāṭako pakatiṃ jahitvā kiliṭṭho jāto, aniccā vata saṅkhārā’’ti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tena kāraṇenassa rajoharaṇameva paccayo jāto.
「毛」:指布片纱线中的纤维。「有污垢性质的」:指本性污秽的。「它的性质就是这样」:这里显示出,心从有分的角度来说,本性洁白清净,只是由于与贪等相应的法,才变成了染污。「令专注星宿」:即收摄星宿,也就是作意、转向的意思。「为了猫」:指为了猫的觅食范围。「由从事海上工作的人」:指从事海上作业的人。「草」:指可食用的草。「真实的做法」:指导致真实的行为,即在说了“自己取到的物品不应给与别人”之后,再给与标记。「以第三次教导」:即通过第三次授命。「成为所有者」:即成为主人。显示巴利原文
Lomānīti coḷakhaṇḍatantagataaṃsuke vadati. ‘‘Kiliṭṭhadhātukānī’’ti kiliṭṭhasabhāvāni. Evaṃgatikamevāti idaṃ cittampi bhavaṅgavasena pakatiyā paṇḍaraṃ parisuddhaṃ rāgādisampayuttadhammavasena saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ jātanti dasseti. Nakkhattaṃ samānetvāti nakkhattaṃ samannāharitvā, āvajjetvāti attho . Biḷārassatthāyāti biḷārassa gocaratthāya. Jalapathakammikenāti samuddakammikena. Cārinti khāditabbatiṇaṃ. Saccakāranti saccabhāvāvahaṃ kāraṃ, ‘‘attanā gahite bhaṇḍe aññesaṃ na dātabba’’nti vatvā dātabbalañjanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatiyena paṭihārenāti tatiyena sāsanena. Pattikā hutvāti sāmino hutvā.
「以少许」:即以微小、少量。「有智慧者」:即有慧的人。「以货物作本钱」:即以商品作为资本。「明察者」:指善于经营交易的人。「他令自己兴起」:指产生大量财富和名声后,令自己安立其中、站稳脚跟。如同什么呢?如同一位聪明人,把一小点火逐步投入牛粪粉等,用口吹气,让它燃起、增长,最终变成一个大火堆;同样地,有智慧的人即使得到少许本钱,也能以种种方法运营,使财富和名声增长,增长之后再令自己安立其中。或者说,正是由于财富巨大,他令自己兴起,也就是使自己知名、显赫。显示巴利原文
Appakenapīti thokenapi parittenapi. Medhāvīti paññavā. Pābhatenāti bhaṇḍamūlena. Vicakkhaṇoti vohārakusalo. Samuṭṭhāpeti attānanti mahantaṃ dhanaṃ yasañca uppādetvā tattha attānaṃ saṇṭhapeti patiṭṭhāpeti . Yathā kiṃ? Aṇuṃ aggiṃva sandhamaṃ, yathā paṇḍito puriso parittakaṃ aggiṃ anukkamena gomayacuṇṇādīni pakkhipitvā mukhavātena dhamento samuṭṭhāpeti vaḍḍheti, mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ karoti, evameva paṇḍito thokampi pābhataṃ labhitvā nānāupāyehi payojetvā dhanañca yasañca vaḍḍheti, vaḍḍhetvā puna tattha attānaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti. Tāya eva vā pana dhanassa mahantatāya attānaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, abhiññātaṃ pākaṭaṃ karotīti attho.
须菩提长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Subhūtittheravatthu
201-202 第三项中,「染」指贪等烦恼,正如在「有纷争之法」等(《法集论》100 二法论母)中,贪等烦恼即称为「染」。众生被这些烦恼征服,便以种种方式号泣、悲叹,所以那些贪等烦恼被称为「染」。「不离开示之规则」意为:不偏离开示的规则而说法,也就是说,世尊完全随顺所开示的规则本身,不偏不倚地宣说。「这样」是指从慈心禅那出定后,在接受施食时,施食者将获得大果报,此事应依《小弹指顷经》(增支部 1.51 等)来说明。即使比丘仅修习慈心弹指顷的时间,布施给他的物品就有大果报、大利益;他也不是白受食,能如法享用国家的团食,这一层意思已在该经中出现。「取相」即留意特征。显示巴利原文
201-202. Tatiye raṇāti hi rāgādayo kilesā vuccantīti ‘‘saraṇā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 100 dukamātikā) rāgādayo kilesā ‘‘raṇā’’ti vuccanti. Raṇanti etehīti raṇā. Yehi abhibhūtā sattā nānappakārena kandanti paridevanti, tasmā te rāgādayo ‘‘raṇā’’ti vuttā. Desitaniyāmato anokkamitvāti desitānokkamanato anupagantvā deseti, satthārā desitaniyāmeneva anodissakaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evanti evaṃ mettājhānato vuṭṭhāya bhikkhāgahaṇe sati. Bhikkhādāyakānaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatīti idaṃ cūḷaccharāsaṅghātasuttena (a. ni. 1.51 ādayo) dīpetabbaṃ. Accharāsaṅghātamattampi hi kālaṃ mettacittaṃ āsevantassa bhikkhuno dinnadānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ, tena ca so amoghaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjatīti ayamattho tattha āgatoyeva. Nimittaṃ gaṇhitvāti ākāraṃ sallakkhetvā.
金合欢林离婆多长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Khadiravaniyarevatattheravatthu
203 第五项中,「同分之林」指相合的树林,所谓「同分」就是合适、适宜的意思。凡是与本性不冲突、与疾病不冲突的,便称为「同分」。「同分之水」等说法,也应如此理解其义。「善业集聚时」就是善业积累的时机。「三位兄弟」指优波提舍、纯陀、优波斯那这三位兄长。「三位姊妹」指遮罗、优波遮罗、尸须波遮罗这三位姐姐。在这里,舍利弗长老自己出家后,又度了遮罗、优波遮罗、尸须波遮罗三姊妹,以及纯陀、优波斯那两位兄弟出家,只留下离婆多王子一人在家。因此说:「我们……令出家。」「更长老的」指更为年长。而且,这是那位少女祝愿他长寿而说的话。据说,他的祖母当时已一百二十岁,牙齿脱落,头发花白,皮肤起皱,身上布满斑点,身体佝偻如同椽木。「跑跳游戏」就是奔跑嬉戏。关于三种成就,他是依传闻而指人间、天界、解脱的成就来说的,或者是指人间、天界、梵天的成就。说「我们将检验尸婆罗的福德」时,他是因为了知「这里是尸婆罗所造福业果报交付之处」才这么说。「适宜之处」就是平坦的地方。显示巴利原文
203. Pañcame vanasabhāganti sabhāgaṃ vanaṃ, sabhāganti ca sappāyanti attho. Yañhi pakativiruddhaṃ byādhiviruddhañca na hoti, taṃ ‘‘sabhāga’’nti vuccati. Udakasabhāgantiādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Kalyāṇakammāyūhanakkhaṇoti kalyāṇakammūpacayassa okāso. Tiṇṇaṃ bhātikānanti upatisso, cundo, upasenoti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ jeṭṭhabhātikānaṃ. Tissannañca bhaginīnanti cālā, upacālā, sīsupacālāti imesaṃ tissannaṃ jeṭṭhabhaginīnaṃ. Ettha ca sāriputtatthero sayaṃ pabbajitvā cālā, upacālā, sīsupacālāti tisso bhaginiyo, cundo upasenoti ime bhātaro pabbājesi, revatakumāro ekova gehe avasissati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘amhākaṃ…pe… pabbājentī’’ti. Mahallakatarāti vuddhatarā. Idañca kumārikāya cirajīvitaṃ abhikaṅkhamānā āhaṃsu. Sā kira tassa ayyikā vīsativassasatikā khaṇḍadantā palitakesā valittacā tilakāhatagattā gopānasivaṅkā ahosi. Vidhāvanikanti vidhāvanakīḷikaṃ. Tissannaṃ sampattīnanti anussavavasena manussadevamokkhasampattiyo sandhāya vadati, manussadevabrahmasampattiyo vā. Sīvalissa puññaṃ vīmaṃsissāmāti ‘‘sīvalinā katapuññassa vipākadānaṭṭhānamida’’nti ñatvā evamāha. Sabhāgaṭṭhānanti samaṃ desaṃ.
「那块土地是土地之悦意处」意思是:阿拉汉虽然在村落附近无法获得身远离,但必定能获得心远离。因为即使如同天界现前一般的所缘,也不能动摇他们的心,所以不论在村落还是森林等任何地方,「阿拉汉所住之处,那块土地就是土地之悦意处」,那片地域是可爱的,这便是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakanti kiñcāpi arahanto gāmante kāyavivekaṃ na labhanti, cittavivekaṃ pana labhanteva. Tesañhi dibbappaṭibhāgānipi ārammaṇāni cittaṃ cāletuṃ na sakkonti, tasmā gāmo vā hotu araññādīnaṃ vā aññataraṃ, ‘yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ’, so bhūmippadeso ramaṇīyo evāti attho.
迦匊罗婆多长老事显示巴利原文
Kaṅkhārevatattheravatthu
204 第六项中,“尊者,糖浆是不净的”:一日,长老在途中进入一座制糖作坊,见糖浆中掺有面粉与灰烬,便心生疑惑,说:“糖浆不净,其中杂有杂物,非时食用糖浆是不允许的。”“绿豆是不净的”:又一日,途中见粪中有绿豆长出,便生疑惑,说:“绿豆不净,煮过的绿豆竟还会生长。”此处其余文句,意义显明。显示巴利原文
204. Chaṭṭhe akappiyo, āvuso, guḷoti ekadivasaṃ thero antarāmagge guḷakaraṇaṃ okkamitvā guḷe piṭṭhampi chārikampi pakkhitte disvāna ‘‘akappiyo guḷo, sāmiso na kappati guḷo vikāle paribhuñjitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto evamāha. Akappiyā muggāti ekadivasaṃ antarāmagge vacce muggaṃ jātaṃ disvā ‘‘akappiyā muggā, pakkāpi muggā jāyantī’’ti kukkuccāyanto evamāha. Sesamettha sabbaṃ uttānameva.
二十亿耳长老事显示巴利原文
Soṇakoḷivisattheravatthu
205 第七项中,他因精进过度,故应被减损精力。“以水泼地使之粘连”:即用水洒湿地干,令土粒处处聚合。“以牛粪涂地”:便是用牛粪涂抹地面。他们用三种水养护:即乳水、香水与清净水,以此三种水养育、看护。“经筛选后”一词,须与“所取之米”结合理解。“他心想如同天神”:即思惟如同天神一般。“依关于琵琶的开示”:即依据这样的开示:“苏那,你认为如何?当琵琶弦调得过紧时,这琵琶的音色可优美、堪用吗?”“尊者,不能。”“正因如此,苏那,过度精进会导致掉举,过于懈缓的精进则导致懈怠。因此,苏那,你应安住于平衡的精进,并通达诸根的平衡。”(《大品》243)这便是以琵琶为比喻而展开的开示,即琵琶譬喻开示。“为将精进与止和合故”:即是为了通过止来调和精进。显示巴利原文
205. Sattame hāpetabbameva ahosi accāraddhavīriyattā. Udakena samupabyūḷheti udakena thalaṃ ussāretvā tattha tattha rāsikate. Haritūpalittāyāti gomayaparibhaṇḍakatāya. Tividhena udakenaposentīti khīrodakaṃ gandhodakaṃ kevalodakanti evaṃ tividhena udakena posenti paripālenti. Parissāvetvāti parisodhetvā gahite taṇḍuleti yojetabbaṃ. Devo maññeti devo viya . Vīṇovādenāti ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī vā hoti kammaññā vāti? No hetaṃ, bhanteti. Evameva kho, soṇa, accāraddhavīriyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati, atisithilavīriyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. Tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa, vīriyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhaha, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjhā’’ti (mahāva. 243) evaṃ vīṇaṃ upamaṃ katvā pavattitena vīṇopamovādena. Vīriyasamathayojanatthāyāti vīriyassa samathena yojanatthāya.
首那古帝甘那长老的事迹。显示巴利原文
Soṇakuṭikaṇṇattheravatthu
206 第八偈颂中,为何称他为“古帝甘那”(kuṭikaṇṇa)?其实本应叫作“果帝甘那”(koṭikaṇṇo),却被唤作了“古帝甘那”。“良家女”(kulagharikā),即出生于良善家庭者。据说她是阿槃提国良家一位大富豪的妻子。她听闻了具足十力的世尊说法后,便安住于入流果,并生起如此思惟——这是依增支部诵者的意见而说。然而,《经集注疏》所载不同:她带领随从一同前往世尊处听法,却没有证得任何殊胜成就。为什么呢?因为她在听法时,心中一直挂念雪山方向,东张西望地想:“我的那位同伴到底来了没有?”她不见同伴,心便散乱,又心想:“我的同伴真是受骗了,世尊宣说如此微妙的法,他竟不来听。”显示巴利原文
206. Aṭṭhame kuṭikaṇṇoti vuccatīti ‘‘koṭikaṇṇo’’ti vattabbe ‘‘kuṭikaṇṇo’’ti voharīyati. Kulaghare bhavā kulagharikā. Sā kira avantiraṭṭhe kulaghare mahāvibhavassa seṭṭhissa bhariyā. Dasabalassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya cintesīti idaṃ aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ matena vuttaṃ. Suttanipātaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sapariso bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma dhammadesanaṃ assosi, na ca kañci visesaṃ adhigañchi. Kasmā? So hi dhammaṃ suṇanto hemavataṃ anussaritvā ‘āgato nu kho me sahāyako, no’ti disādisaṃ oloketvā taṃ apassanto ‘vañcito me sahāyo, yo evaṃ vicittappaṭibhānaṃ bhagavato desanaṃ na suṇātī’ti vikkhittacitto ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ.
只有在结生、诞生、出家、成佛与般涅槃的时候,那三十二种前兆才会显现,随之便消失,并不能长久存留。然而,在转法轮时,这些前兆更为殊胜,能持续更长的时间才止息。正是因此,才有经文说“看见三由旬高的雪山非时开花”等语。“先锋部队”是指行进于军队最前方的那些武士。所谓“你是怎么知道雪山开花了呢”,意思是:你凭借什么理由,得见雪山开花的情形?进一步说,这其实是在问:你可知道这非时开花的神变,是由何种因缘所引起?所说的“它已被转起”,即指那个法轮已被世尊转起。“于声音中执取了相”,是说他在声音中觉知到了某种征兆。“从此处接续”一词,是承接前文所说,即先前说过“我正是为了让你也能了知这不死之法而来”,就在那件事发生之后,紧接着便发生了下面的事。显示巴利原文
Yasmā paṭisandhijātiabhinikkhamanabodhiparinibbānesveva dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni hutvāva paṭivigacchanti, na ciraṭṭhitikāni honti, dhammacakkappavattane (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; paṭi. ma. 2.30) pana tāni savisesāni hutvā cirataraṃ ṭhatvā nirujjhanti, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘tiyojanasahassaṃ himavantaṃ akālapupphitaṃ disvā’’tiādi. Aggabalakāyāti sabbapurato gacchantā balakāyā. Kena pupphitabhāvaṃ jānāsīti kena kāraṇena himavantassa pupphitabhāvaṃ jānāsīti, yena kāraṇena imaṃ akālapupphapāṭihāriyaṃ jātaṃ, taṃ jānāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassa pavattitabhāvanti tassa dhammacakkassa bhagavatā pavattitabhāvaṃ. Sadde nimittaṃ gaṇhīti sadde ākāraṃ sallakkhesi. Tatoti ‘‘ahaṃ ‘etaṃ amatadhammaṃ tampi jānāpessāmī’ti tava santikaṃ āgatosmī’’ti yaṃ vuttaṃ, tadanantaranti attho.
萨达基罗向雪山夜叉告知佛陀已出现于世后,想带他前往世尊之处,于是诵出了以“今天是十五日……”开头的偈颂。在此处,“今天”是指:依半月计数,今天这昼夜是第十五日;依应持守的布萨,今天是布萨日。在三种布萨当中,今天是十五日布萨,既不是十四日布萨,也不是和合布萨。“存在于天界的,称为天界的;此处因具有天界之物,故称天界的。”那是什么呢?是色相。因为那一夜,从一万个世界聚集而来的诸天,以其身光、衣饰光与宫殿光,加上无云等瑕疵遮蔽的月光,以及极为清净的天人师、世尊的身光,使得整个赡部洲被庄严得无比美丽。因此说:“天界之夜已降临”。显示巴利原文
Sātāgiro hemavatassa buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā taṃ bhagavato santikaṃ ānetukāmo ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’tiādigāthamāha. Tattha (su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.153) ajjāti ayaṃ rattindivo pakkhagaṇanato pannaraso, upavasitabbato uposatho. Tīsu vā uposathesu ajja pannaraso uposatho, na cātuddasiuposatho, na sāmaggīuposatho. Divi bhavāni dibbāni, dibbāni ettha atthīti dibbāni. Kāni tāni? Rūpāni. Tañhi rattiṃ devānaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuto sannipatitānaṃ sarīravatthābharaṇavimānappabhāhi abbhādiupakkilesavirahitāya candappabhāya ca sakalajambudīpo alaṅkato ahosīti ativiya alaṅkato ca parivisuddhidevassa bhagavato sarīrappabhāya. Tenāha – ‘‘dibbā ratti upaṭṭhitā’’ti.
如此,他借着赞叹夜晚功德的方式令同伴心生净信,在告知佛陀出世之后,又说道:“那位具足无上名称的导师——来吧,我们一道去拜见乔达摩。”在这里,由于以毫无缺陷、绝非低劣、一切行相圆满的功德而得名,所以称为“无上名称者”。正如依“觉悟诸谛故为佛陀,令众生觉悟故为佛陀”等方法,佛陀是以这些无上功德而得名;依“断贪故为世尊,断嗔故为世尊”等方法,世尊也是以这些无上功德而得名。此理同样适用于“阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行具足”等名号。他以现法利益等义教导人与天界众生:“此应断除,此应受持奉行”,是故称为导师。那位即是具足无上名称的导师。“来吧”是表达催促语气的助词。“我们去拜见”包含了自身与同伴,是现在时复数。“乔达摩”指称乔达摩氏族。此句意谓:“切勿心生‘是导师还是非导师’的疑虑,应当确然无疑。来吧,我们一起去拜见乔达摩。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ rattiguṇavaṇṇanāpadesenapi sahāyassa cittaṃ pasādaṃ janento buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā āha – ‘‘anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ, handa passāma gotama’’nti. Tattha anomehi alāmakehi sabbākāraparipūrehi guṇehi nāmaṃ assāti anomanāmo. Tathā hissa ‘‘bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho’’tiādinā (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddeso 97; paṭi. ma. 1.162) nayena buddhoti anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ. ‘‘Bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 84) nayena bhagavāti anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ. Esa nayo ‘‘arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno’’tiādīsu. Diṭṭhadhammikādiatthehi devamanusse anusāsati ‘‘imaṃ pajahatha, imaṃ samādāya vattathā’’ti satthā. Taṃ anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ. Handāti vacasāyatthe nipāto. Passāmāti tena attānaṃ saha saṅgahetvā paccuppannabahuvacanaṃ. Gotamanti gotamagottaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘satthā, na satthā’’ti mā vimatiṃ akāsi, ekantabyavasito hutvāva ehi passāma gotamanti.
听了这话,雪山心想:‘这位萨达基罗说“具足无上名称的导师”,是在宣示那位导师的一切知性。一切知者在世间极为稀有,而世间又为富兰那等自称一切知者之类所困扰。然而,若他真的是遍知者,必定已证得如如不动的特相。我可用此来检验。’于是,他为了询问如如不动的特相,诵出‘是否……心……’等偈。其中,‘是否’是提问,‘心’指心,‘善安住’指妥善安立、不动、不震荡,‘于一切众生中’指于一切众生,‘如如不动者’指已证得如如不动特相者。或者,此问也可理解为:‘你那位导师,于一切众生中是如如不动,还是并非如此?’‘于可爱与不可爱’指面对可爱与不可爱的事物,‘思惟’指寻思,‘已被调伏’指已被掌控。此句意为:‘你所说的那位导师,已证得如如不动特相者,其心于一切众生中是否善安住?抑或仅在未遇缘时看似善安住?你那位导师,于一切众生中是否……’显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte hemavato ‘‘ayaṃ sātāgiro ‘anomanāmaṃ satthāra’nti bhaṇanto tassa sabbaññutaṃ pakāseti, sabbaññuno ca dullabhā loke, sabbaññupaṭiññehi pūraṇādisadiseheva loko upadduto. So pana yadi sabbaññū, addhā tādilakkhaṇaṃ patto bhavissati, tena evaṃ gahessāmī’’ti cintetvā tādilakkhaṇaṃ pucchanto āha – ‘‘kacci mano’’tiādi. Tattha kaccīti pucchā. Manoti cittaṃ. Supaṇihitoti suṭṭhu ṭhapito acalo asampavedhī. Sabbesu bhūtesu sabbabhūtesu. Tādinoti tādilakkhaṇaṃ pattasseva sato. Pucchā eva vā ayaṃ ‘‘so tava satthā sabbabhūtesu tādī, udāhu no’’ti. Iṭṭhe aniṭṭhecāti evarūpe ārammaṇe. Saṅkappāti vitakkā. Vasīkatāti vasaṃ gamitā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃ taṃ satthāraṃ vadasi, tassa te satthuno kacci tādilakkhaṇaṃ sampattassa sato sabbabhūtesu mano supaṇihito, udāhu yāva paccayaṃ na labhati, tāva supaṇihito viya khāyati. So vā te satthā kacci sabbabhūtesu sattesu tādī, udāhu no, ye ca iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu ārammaṇesu rāgadosavasena saṅkappā uppajjeyyuṃ, tyāssa kacci vasīkatā, udāhu kadāci tesampi vasena vattatīti.
“三年”:指从首那出家之日起,整整三年。据说,那时比丘们大多住在中部地区,所以那里仅有少数比丘。他们分散而住,一村仅一两位。长老们召请比丘时,刚召集到几位,另一些被召请者却因事离去;过些日子再召请另一些时,先前所召的又离去了。如此反复召集,僧众的集会许久方才成就,而长老当时是独住者。因此说“花了三年寻求僧众集会”。“三年”一词为表示时间的延续,使用业格。“了知导师的心意”:指长老知道世尊的意图——“世尊想与此人同住一香室”——这是世尊自己的安排。据说,世尊若想与某人同住一香室,便会吩咐阿难长老安排坐卧具。显示巴利原文
Tīṇi vassānīti soṇassa pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya tīṇi vassāni. Tadā kira bhikkhū yebhuyyena majjhimadeseyeva vasiṃsu, tasmā tattha katipayā eva ahesuṃ. Te ca ekasmiṃ nigame eko dveti evaṃ visuṃ visuṃ vasiṃsu, therānañca katipaye bhikkhū ānetvā aññesu ānīyamānesu pubbaṃ ānītā kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamiṃsu, kañci kālaṃ āgametvā puna tesu ānīyamānesu itare pakkamiṃsu, evaṃ punappunaṃ ānayanena sannipāto cireneva ahosi, thero ca tadā ekavihārī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tīṇi vassāni gaṇaṃ pariyesitvā’’ti. Tīṇi vassānīti ca accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ. Satthu adhippāyaṃ ñatvāti attano āṇāpaneneva ‘‘iminā saddhiṃ ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasitukāmo bhagavā’’ti satthu adhippāyaṃ jānitvā. Bhagavā kira yena saddhiṃ ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasitukāmo, tassa senāsanapaññattiyaṃ ānandattheraṃ āṇāpeti.
“在露地度过”:指以在露地静坐的方式度过。因为世尊款待尊者首那,顺逆次第入于一切与声闻弟子共通的等至,在露地静坐度过大半夜后,洗脚进入精舍;因此,尊者首那了知世尊的心意,也相应地顺逆次第入于那些一切等至,在露地静坐度过大半夜,随后洗脚进入精舍。进去之后,得到世尊许可,他架起衣幕作遮障,在世尊脚边静坐度过。“他请求了”:意即命令。“比丘,请让法显现吧”:意思是,比丘,让法在你心中显现,让智慧之门现前,请依照你所闻、所学而说法。“八偈品”:指属于《八偈品》的从《欲经》等开始的十六部经。“善持”:即正确地领受。“他乞求了全部五种许可”:指他向以持律者为首的僧团乞求了这五种许可——具足戒、常行沐浴、皮垫、僧园用鞋、离衣宿。“如经中所说”:就是《优陀那》诵本中所出那部经所说的情形。显示巴利原文
Ajjhokāse vītināmetvāti ajjhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā. Yasmā bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa samāpattisamāpajjanena paṭisanthāraṃ karonto sāvakasādhāraṇā sabbā samāpattiyo anulomappaṭilomaṃ samāpajjanto bahudeva rattiṃ ajjhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā pāde pakkhāletvā vihāraṃ pāvisi, tasmā āyasmāpi soṇo bhagavato adhippāyaṃ ñatvā tadanurūpaṃ sabbā tā samāpattiyo samāpajjanto bahudeva rattiṃ ajjhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā pāde pakkhāletvā vihāraṃ pāvisīti vadanti. Pavisitvā ca bhagavatā anuññāto cīvaratirokaraṇiyaṃ katvā bhagavato pādapasse nisajjāya vītināmesi. Ajjhesīti āṇāpesi. Paṭibhātu taṃ bhikkhu dhammo bhāsitunti bhikkhu tuyhaṃ dhammo bhāsituṃ upaṭṭhātu, ñāṇamukhaṃ āgacchatu, yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇāhīti attho. Aṭṭhakavaggiyānīti aṭṭhakavaggabhūtāni kāmasuttādisoḷasasuttāni (mahāni. 1). Suggahitoti sammā uggahito. Sabbe vare yācīti vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampadā dhuvanhānaṃ cammattharaṇaṃ gaṇaṅgaṇūpāhanaṃ cīvaravippavāsoti ime pañca vare yāci. Sutte āgatamevāti udānapāḷiyaṃ āgatasuttaṃ sandhāya vadati.
关于「尸瓦利长老事」显示巴利原文
Sīvalittheravatthu
207 207. 第九项中,“一再讨论”是指因与国王对抗而反复进行讨论。“糖凝乳”指凝固如糖的浓凝乳。“过度拉扯”即过度拉拽。“运出酸粥”意为排出酪浆,即过滤出来。另有版本作“从凝乳中取出酸粥”。“她”指苏波瓦萨。“让她触碰到种子篮”与此关联。“乃至不拉扯”是说直到布施时都不拉扯,即她的本心乐于布施。她“遭受了极大痛苦”,即遭受了因生产而来的巨大痛苦。“呼唤丈夫”是说:她怀胎七日,处于胎位不正的状态,被剧烈粗重的苦受所触,以这三种念头——“彼世尊确实是正自觉者,为了舍断这样的苦而说法;彼世尊的声闻僧团确实是善行道者,为了舍断这样的苦而修行;涅槃确实是极乐的,那里不存在这样的苦”——忍受着痛苦,并出于想派人前往世尊那里的意愿而呼唤丈夫。“临死前”指比死亡更早之时。“相”即征兆。“活命食”指生命垂危时应给予的食物。“成了一切业堪忍者”意思是,由于他具备了七岁孩童所能做的一切事情的能力,因此能胜任所有的事务。正是因此,在那七日大施进行时,他从出生那天起,便拿着滤水器,为僧团滤水供养。显示巴利原文
207. Navame sākacchitvā sākacchitvāti raññā saddhiṃ paṭivirujjhanavasena punappunaṃ sākacchaṃ katvā. Guḷadadhinti patthinnaṃ guḷasadisaṃ kaṭhinadadhiṃ. Atiañchitunti ativiya ākaḍḍhituṃ. Kañjiyaṃ vāhetvāti dadhimatthuṃ pavāhetvā, parissāvetvāti attho. ‘‘Dadhito kañjiyaṃ gahetvā’’tipi pāṭho. Nanti suppavāsaṃ. Bījapacchiṃ phusāpentīti iminā sambandho. Yāva na ukkaḍḍhantīti yāva dāne na ukkaḍḍhanti, dātukāmāva hontīti adhippāyo mahādukkhaṃ anubhosīti pasavanibandhanaṃ mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhosi. Sāmikaṃ āmantetvāti sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā tibbāhi kharāhi dukkhavedanāhi phuṭṭhā ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā, yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya dhammaṃ deseti. Suppaṭipanno vata tassa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya paṭipanno. Susukhaṃ vata nibbānaṃ, yatthidaṃ evarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ na saṃvijjatī’’ti (udā. 18) imehi tīhi vitakkehi taṃ dukkhaṃ adhivāsentī satthu santikaṃ pesetukāmatāya sāmikaṃ āmantetvā. Pure maraṇāti maraṇato puretarameva. Iṅgitanti ākāraṃ. Jīvitabhattanti jīvitasaṃsaye dātabbabhattaṃ. Sabbakammakkhamo ahosīti sattavassikehi dārakehi kātabbaṃ yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ kātuṃ samatthatāya sabbassa kammassa khamo ahosi. Teneva so sattāhaṃ mahādāne dīyamāne jātadivasato paṭṭhāya dhammakaraṇaṃ ādāya saṅghassa udakaṃ parissāvetvā adāsi.
在“Yo”起首的偈颂中,其含义为:那位比丘超越了这贪欲的泥沼、烦恼的险道、轮回的流转,以及因未能通达四圣谛而产生的无明,他已渡越四种暴流,抵达彼岸;他成就两种禅那,因渴爱已尽而成为不动摇者,因疑惑已尽而成为无疑惑者,因执取已尽而无所执取,他以烦恼的彻底寂灭而证般涅槃——我称这样的比丘为婆罗门。显示巴利原文
Yomantiādigāthāya ‘‘yo bhikkhu imaṃ rāgapalipathañceva kilesaduggañca saṃsāravaṭṭañca catunnaṃ saccānaṃ appaṭivijjhanakamohañca atīto cattāro oghe tiṇṇo hutvā pāraṃ anuppatto, duvidhena jhānena jhāyī, taṇhāya abhāvena anejo, kathaṃkathāya abhāvena akathaṃkathī, upādānānaṃ abhāvena anupādiyitvā kilesanibbānena nibbuto, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmī’’ti attho.
然而,剃除一切头发与现证阿拉汉果,这两者并无先后,而是同时成就的。以此表明这位长老正是在剃刀刃锋上证得阿拉汉果。不过,也有一些阿阇梨这样说:“按照前面所讲的方式,当法将给予教诫时,他心想:‘我自己能做什么,我自己会知道。’于是他出家,受持了观禅的业处。就在那一天,他看到一间装饰华丽的小屋,便走了进去,回忆起自己在母胎中所遭受的七年之苦。依此线索,他将智慧导向过去与未来,三界诸有便如燃烧一般显现于他面前。因其智慧已经成熟,他进入了观照的修行道,立即依四道的顺序,次第断尽一切烦恼,证得阿拉汉果。”无论依哪种说法,所阐明的都是这位长老证得阿拉汉果之事实,而这位长老则成为辩才无碍、具足六神通者。显示巴利原文
Sabbesaṃyeva pana kesānaṃ oropanañca arahattasacchikiriyā ca apacchāapurimā ahosīti iminā therassa khuraggeyeva arahattuppatti dīpitā. Ekacce pana ācariyā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘heṭṭhā vuttanayena dhammasenāpatinā ovāde dinne ‘yaṃ mayā kātuṃ sakkā, tamahaṃ jānissāmī’ti pabbajitvā vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā taṃ divasaṃyeva aññataraṃ vicittaṃ kuṭikaṃ disvā pavisitvā mātukucchiyaṃ satta vassāni attanā anubhūtadukkhaṃ anussaritvā tadanusārena atītānāgate ñāṇaṃ nentassa ādittā viya tayo bhavā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā vipassanāvīthiṃ otaritvā tāvadeva maggappaṭipāṭiyā sabbepi āsave khepento arahattaṃ pāpuṇī’’ti. Ubhayathāpi therassa arahattuppattiyeva pakāsitā, thero pana pabhinnappaṭisambhido chaḷabhiñño ahosi.
关于「婆迦梨长老事」显示巴利原文
Vakkalittheravatthu
208 第十项中,「饭食时」是指用餐之时。「应证得寂静迹」是指应证得名为“诸行寂灭之乐”的寂静之迹,也就是涅槃。「仅以第一脚站于山上」意思是,仅以第一只脚站在灵鹫山上。此处其余内容容易理解。显示巴利原文
208. Dasame āhārakaraṇavelanti bhojanakiccavelaṃ. Adhigacche padaṃ santanti saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukhanti laddhanāmaṃ santaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ adhigaccheyya. Paṭhamapādena pabbate ṭhitoyevāti paṭhamena pādena gijjhakūṭe pabbate ṭhitoyeva. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
最上品显示巴利原文
14. Etadaggavaggo
第三最上品注释显示巴利原文
(14) 3. Tatiyaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
罗睺罗长老和赖吒和罗长老的事迹显示巴利原文
Rāhula-raṭṭhapālattheravatthu
209-210 第三品的第一、第二项中,「三学」是指增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学这三学。「断了十四餐饭食」:因为整整七日不进食,每日断两餐,合计共断了十四餐饭食。显示巴利原文
209-210. Tatiyassa paṭhamadutiyesu tisso sikkhāti adhisīlaadhicittaadhipaññāsaṅkhātā tisso sikkhā. Cuddasa bhattacchede katvāti sattāhaṃ nirāhāratāya ekekasmiṃ divase dvinnaṃ bhattacchedānaṃ vasena cuddasa bhattacchede katvā.
“对他们”指对那些苦行者。“备办葫芦器等资具”意为备办了葫芦器皿等苦行者的生活资具。“具有灼热之身界者”指因胆汁过盛,身体本性即带灼热。“十万”即数量十万。以十万为数量,故称“十万”,这就像“色有即是色”那样,省略了后面的词,或可视为带有“a”音的接尾词。杀生等不善现行的腥臭,如同尸臭一般,在他们身上并不存在,因此称为“无腥臭”,意即没有前文所说的烦恼现行。在此,烦恼现行被称为“腥臭”。为什么呢?因为它令人不悦,夹杂着烦恼的不净,为善人所厌恶,并招致极端的恶臭。事实上,凡是烦恼深重的众生,身体都极其恶臭。正因如此,那些断尽烦恼的人,即使死后身体也不会发臭。“担负布施最上重任者”指承担布施最上职责的人。“量谷者”指每天依据限定的布施份额来称量谷物的人。显示巴利原文
Tesanti tesaṃ tāpasānaṃ. Lābubhājanādiparikkhāraṃ saṃvidhāyāti lābubhājanāditāpasaparikkhāraṃ saṃvidahitvā. Sapariḷāhakāyadhātukoti ussannapittatāya sapariḷāhakāyasabhāvo. Satasahassāti satasahassaparimāṇā. Satasahassaṃ parimāṇaṃ etesanti satasahassā uttarapadalopena yathā ‘‘rūpabhavo rūpa’’nti, atthiatthe vā akārapaccayo daṭṭhabbo. Pāṇātipātādiakusaladhammasamudācārasaṅkhāto āmagandho kuṇapagandho natthi etesanti nirāmagandhā, yathāvuttakilesasamudācārarahitāti attho. Kilesasamudācāro hettha ‘‘āmagandho’’ti vutto. Kiṃkāraṇā? Amanuññattā, kilesaasucimissattā, sabbhi jigucchitattā, paramaduggandhabhāvavahattā ca. Tathā hi ye ye ussannakilesā sattā, te te atiduggandhā honti. Teneva nikkilesānaṃ matasarīrampi duggandhaṃ na hoti. Dānaggaparivahanaketi dānaggadhuravahanake. Māpakoti divase divase parimitaparibbayadānavasena dhaññamāpako.
“Pāḷiyanti”指在《律藏》中。“他引述《鹿本生经》而说”:据说过去,菩萨投生于鹿胎,由鹿群围绕,住在森林中。那时,他的妹妹带着自己的儿子前来,请求道:“兄弟,请教教我这外甥鹿的诈术吧。”菩萨应允说“好”,然后告诉他:“孩子,你应在某某时候前来学习。”那鹿犊不敢逾越舅父约定的时间,依时前往他那里学习鹿的诈术。有一天,它在林中游荡时被绳套套住,发出了被缚的叫声。鹿群纷纷惊逃,向它的母亲报告:“你的儿子被绳套套住了。”母亲便来到兄弟那里,问道:“兄弟,我那外甥被你教导了鹿的诈术吗?”菩萨说:“你不应对你的儿子有任何不好的猜疑,他已善学鹿的诈术,现在他将让你满心欢喜地回来。”接着便说了“那鹿,以三姿……”等语。显示巴利原文
Pāḷiyanti vinayapāḷiyaṃ. Migajātakaṃ āharitvā kathesīti atīte kira bodhisatto migayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā migagaṇaparivuto araññe vasati. Athassa bhaginī attano puttakaṃ upanetvā ‘‘bhātika imaṃ bhāgineyyaṃ migamāyaṃ sikkhāpehī’’ti āha. Bodhisatto ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā ‘‘gaccha tāta, asukavelāyaṃ nāma āgantvā sikkheyyāsī’’ti āha. So mātulena vuttavelaṃ anatikkamitvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā migamāyaṃ sikkhi. So ekadivasaṃ vane vicaranto pāsena baddho baddharavaṃ viravi. Migagaṇo palāyitvā ‘‘putto te pāsena baddho’’ti tassa mātuyā ārocesi. Sā bhātu santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘bhātika bhāgineyyo te migamāyaṃ sikkhāpito’’ti pucchi. Bodhisatto ‘‘mā tvaṃ puttassa kiñci pāpakaṃ āsaṅki, suggahitā tena migamāyā, idāni taṃ hāsayamāno āgacchissatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘migaṃ tipallattha’’ntiādimāha.
其中,“那鹿”指外甥鹿。“具三姿者”指卧姿,即以两胁侧卧与正直仰卧这三种方式卧下,因此他具此卧姿,或说具三种卧姿,故称“具三姿者”。“具多种诈术者”指具有众多诈术与欺骗手段。“具八蹄者”指每只脚上有两蹄,共具备八蹄。“半夜饮水者”:由于他在初夜过后、中夜时分出森林饮水,故在半夜饮水,因此称为“半夜饮水者”,也有读作“于半夜饮水”。我善巧地教导了外甥鹿的诈术。如何教导的呢?外甥以一侧鼻孔在地上呼吸,用六种伎俩骗过猎人。即如所说:我如此教导了你的儿子,使他闭住上侧鼻腔的气息,以下侧鼻腔紧贴地面,仅以一侧鼻孔在地上呼吸,以六种伎俩胜过猎人,以六种方式将其压制。显示巴利原文
Tattha miganti bhāgineyyamigaṃ. Tipallatthaṃ vuccati sayanaṃ, ubhohi passehi ujukameva ca nipannakavasena tīhākārehi pallatthaṃ assa, tīṇi vā pallatthāni assāti tipallattho, taṃ tipallatthaṃ. Anekamāyanti bahumāyaṃ bahuvañcanaṃ. Aṭṭhakkhuranti ekekasmiṃ pāde dvinnaṃ dvinnaṃ vasena aṭṭhahi khurehi samannāgataṃ. Aḍḍharattāpapāyinti purimayāmaṃ atikkamitvā majjhimayāme araññato āgamma pānīyassa pivanato aḍḍharatte āpaṃ pivatīti aḍḍharattāpapāyī. ‘‘Aḍḍharatte āpapāyi’’ntipi pāṭho. Mama bhāgineyyaṃ migaṃ ahaṃ sādhukaṃ migamāyaṃ uggaṇhāpesiṃ. Kathaṃ? Yathā ekena sotena chamāyaṃ assasanto chahi kalāhi atibhoti bhāgineyyo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ayañhi tava puttaṃ tathā uggaṇhāpesiṃ, yathā ekasmiṃ uparimanāsikāsote vātaṃ sannirumbhitvā pathaviyaṃ allīnena ekena heṭṭhimanāsikāsotena tatheva chamāyaṃ assasanto chahi kalāhi luddakaṃ atibhoti, chahi koṭṭhāsehi ajjhottharati vañcetīti attho. Katamehi chahi? Cattāro pāde pasāretvā ekena passena seyyāya, khurehi tiṇapaṃsukhaṇanena, jivhāninnāmanena, udarassa uddhumātabhāvakaraṇena, uccārapassāvavissajjanena, vātassa nirumbhanenāti. Atha vā tathā naṃ uggaṇhāpesiṃ, yathā ekena sotena chamāyaṃ assasanto. Chahīti heṭṭhā vuttehi chahi kāraṇehi. Kalāhīti kalāyissati, luddakaṃ vañcessatīti attho. Bhotīti bhaginiṃ ālapati. Bhāgineyyoti evaṃ chahi kāraṇehi vañcakaṃ bhāgineyyaṃ niddisati.
菩萨这样说明外甥已善巧掌握鹿的诈术,以此安慰他的妹妹。那只小鹿被绳套套住之后,不做任何挣扎,便就地以大胁侧卧,伸开四腿,用蹄子在脚边刨击,拔起草和泥土,排泄大小便,垂下头,伸出舌头,让唾液弄脏身体,屏住呼吸使腹部鼓胀如鼓,翻转眼珠,让气息从下鼻腔流通而闭住上鼻腔的气息,令全身僵硬,现出死亡的样子。青蝇成群围绕,乌鸦落在它身体各处。猎人走上前来,用手拍打它的腹部,说道:‘这只鹿必定是清早就被套住了,已经腐烂了。’于是解开绳套,心中没有丝毫疑虑,想:‘我就在这里把它剖开,取了肉再走。’便开始去收集枝叶。小鹿立刻站起来,四足立定,抖了抖身体,伸长脖子,如同一团被大风吹散的雨云,迅速奔向母亲身边。导师(佛陀)说:‘诸比丘,并非现在罗睺罗才乐于修学,过去世他也乐于修学。’他便这样引用《鹿本生经》而说法。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bodhisatto bhāgineyyassa migamāyaṃ sādhukaṃ uggahitabhāvaṃ vadanto bhaginiṃ samassāsesi. Sopi migapotako pāse baddho anibandhitvāyeva bhūmiyaṃ mahāphāsukapassena pāde pasāretvā nipanno pādānaṃ āsannaṭṭhāne khurehi eva paharitvā paṃsuñca tiṇāni ca uppāṭetvā uccārapassāvaṃ vissajjetvā sīsaṃ pātetvā jivhaṃ ninnāmetvā sarīraṃ kheḷakilinnaṃ katvā vātaggahaṇena udaraṃ uddhumātakaṃ katvā akkhīni parivattetvā heṭṭhānāsikāsotena vātaṃ sañcarāpento uparimanāsikāsotena vātaṃ sannirumbhitvā sakalasarīraṃ thaddhabhāvaṃ gāhāpetvā matakākāraṃ dassesi, nīlamakkhikāpi naṃ samparivāresuṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne kākā nilīyiṃsu. Luddo āgantvā udare hatthena paharitvā ‘‘pātova baddho bhavissati, pūtiko jāto’’ti tassa bandhanarajjuṃ mocetvā ‘‘ettheva dāni naṃ ukkantitvā maṃsaṃ ādāya gamissāmī’’ti nirāsaṅko hutvā sākhāpalāsaṃ gahetuṃ āraddho. Migapotakopi uṭṭhāya catūhi pādehi ṭhatvā kāyaṃ vidhunitvā gīvaṃ pasāretvā mahāvātena chinnavalāhako viya vegena mātu santikaṃ agamāsi. Satthā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, rāhulo idāneva sikkhākāmo, pubbepi sikkhākāmoyevā’’ti evaṃ migajātakaṃ āharitvā kathesi.
‘他教导了《庵婆罗林罗睺罗教诫经》’:即世尊以这样的方式开示:‘罗睺罗,你看见这盛水器中剩下的少量水吗?’‘是的,世尊。’‘罗睺罗,对于那些在明知而妄语时没有惭愧的人,他们的沙门性就像这样少。’如这些,教导了《庵婆罗林罗睺罗教诫经》(《中部》2.107等)。‘当他正在思惟家居相关的思惟时’:据传,尊者罗睺罗当时跟在世尊身后行走,从脚底到发梢仔细端详如来。他见到世尊的佛陀威仪极为庄严,心想:‘世尊的身体闪耀着光辉,为三十二大人相所庄严,更被一丈光晕所笼罩,犹如处在撒开的金粉中央,犹如被闪电环绕的金山,犹如被机关牵引而出、以宝石庄严的金质祭坛,虽然身披粪扫衣,仍如被红毯围绕的金山,犹如被珊瑚蔓装饰的金瓶,犹如为中国香粉所供养的金塔,犹如涂了虫胶的金质塔,犹如在红色云层中刹那升起的满月。啊!这是由圆满三十波罗蜜的威力所成就的有身祥瑞成就!’接着,他观察自己,心想:‘我也容光焕发。如果世尊在四大洲行使转轮王权,必定会赐予我辅臣之位,到那时,赡部洲大地将会更加光芒万丈。’就这样,他缘着自己的有身,生起了家居相关的欲贪。显示巴利原文
Ambalaṭṭhiyarāhulovādaṃ desesīti ‘‘passasi no tvaṃ, rāhula, imaṃ parittaṃ udakāvasesaṃ udakādāne ṭhapitanti? Evaṃ, bhante. Evaṃ parittakaṃ kho, rāhula, tesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, yesaṃ natthi sampajānamusāvāde lajjā’’ti evamādinā ambalaṭṭhiyarāhulovādaṃ (ma. ni. 2.107 ādayo) kathesi. Gehasitaṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkentassāti āyasmā kira rāhulo bhagavato piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gacchantova pādatalato yāva upari kesantā tathāgataṃ olokesi, so bhagavato buddhavesavilāsaṃ disvā ‘‘sobhati bhagavā dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavicittasarīro byāmappabhāparikkhittatāya vippakiṇṇasuvaṇṇacuṇṇamajjhagato viya vijjulatāparikkhitto kanakapabbato viya yantasamākaḍḍhitaratanavicittasuvaṇṇaagghikaṃ viya paṃsukūlacīvarappaṭicchannopi rattakambalaparikkhittakanakapabbato viya pavāḷalatāpaṭimaṇḍitasuvaṇṇaghaṭikaṃ viya cīnapiṭṭhacuṇṇapūjitasuvaṇṇacetiyaṃ viya lākhārasānulitto kanakathūpo viya rattavalāhakantaragato taṅkhaṇamuggatapuṇṇacando viya aho samatiṃsapāramitānubhāvena sajjitassa attabhāvassa sirisampattī’’ti cintesi. Tato attānampi oloketvā ‘‘ahampi sobhāmi, sace bhagavā catūsu mahādīpesu cakkavattirajjaṃ akarissa, mayhaṃ pariṇāyakaṭṭhānantaramadassa, evaṃ sante ativiya jambudīpatalaṃ atisobhissā’’ti attabhāvaṃ nissāya gehasitaṃ chandarāgaṃ uppādesi. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘satthu ceva attano ca rūpasampattiṃ disvā gehasitaṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkentassā’’ti.
世尊走在前面时,心中也在思惟:‘现在罗睺罗的有身皮肉饱满,血气充盈,他的心正处于容易趣向可爱色等所缘的时期,罗睺罗难道是在虚度光阴吗?’就在那时,犹如在澄清的水中见到鱼,又像在明亮的镜面上见到面容相一般,世尊无间地见到了罗睺罗生起的心念。见后,心想:‘这个罗睺罗,身为我的儿子,跟在我身后行走,却缘于自己的有身生起家居相关的欲贪,想道:“我很庄严,我的光彩鲜亮。”他跳入了非渡场,走上了歧途,行于不应行处,如同方向迷失的旅人,走向不应去的地方。然而,这个烦恼若在他内部增长,将使他不能如实看见自利,也不能看见他利以及自他两利。由此将导致他结生于地狱、畜生道、饿鬼界、阿修罗身,乃至受压迫于狭窄的母胎之中,使他在无始的轮回流转中沉沦。但是,好比满载众宝的大船,如果木板裂隙进了水,片刻都不应漠视,而应极为迅速地堵塞那漏洞;同样地,对他也不应有一刻漠视。在他的戒等诸宝尚未被这个内部烦恼摧毁之前,我应该立即制止他。’于是世尊召唤罗睺罗,开示了《大罗睺罗教诫经》(《中部》2.113等):‘罗睺罗,无论何种色……’显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi purato gacchantova cintesi – ‘‘paripuṇṇacchavimaṃsalohito dāni rāhulassa attabhāvo, rajanīyesu rūpārammaṇādīsu cittassa pakkhandanakālo jāto, nipphalatāya nu kho rāhulo vītināmetī’’ti. Atha sahāvajjaneneva pasanne udake macchaṃ viya parisuddhe ādāsamaṇḍale mukhanimittaṃ viya ca tassa taṃ cittuppādaṃ addasa, disvā ca ‘‘ayaṃ rāhulo mayhaṃ atrajo hutvā mama pacchato āgacchanto ‘ahaṃ sobhāmi, mayhaṃ vaṇṇāyatanaṃ pasanna’nti attabhāvaṃ nissāya gehasitaṃ chandarāgaṃ uppādeti, atitthe pakkhando, uppathaṃ paṭipanno, agocare carati, disāmūḷhaaddhiko viya agantabbaṃ disaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ kho panassa kileso abbhantare vaḍḍhanto attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ passituṃ na dassissati paratthampi ubhayatthampi, tato nirayepi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhāpessati, tiracchānayoniyampi pettivisayepi asurakāyepi sambādhepi mātukucchisminti anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe paripātessati. Yathā kho pana anekaratanapūrā mahānāvā bhinnaphalakantarena udakaṃ ādiyamānā muhuttampi na ajjhupekkhitabbā hoti, vegena vegenassā vivaraṃ pidahituṃ vaṭṭati, evameva ayampi na ajjhupekkhitabbo. Yāvassa ayaṃ kileso abbhantare sīlaratanādīni na vināseti, tāvadeva naṃ niggaṇhissāmī’’ti ajjhāsayaṃ akāsi. Tato rāhulaṃ āmantetvā ‘‘yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbanti. Rūpameva nu kho bhagavā rūpameva nu kho sugatāti. Rūpampi rāhula, vedanāpi rāhula, saññāpi rāhula, saṅkhārāpi rāhula, viññāṇampi rāhulā’’ti mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ (ma. ni. 2.113 ādayo) abhāsi. Taṃ dassetuṃ – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rāhula…pe… kathesī’’ti vuttaṃ.
而所谓“在《相应部》中的罗睺罗教诫”,是指载于《罗睺罗相应》中的那篇罗睺罗教诫。彼时,具寿罗睺罗请求道:“善哉,尊者!愿世尊为我说简略的法,我听闻世尊的法之后,便能独自远离、不放逸、精勤、安住于致力。”世尊于是这样开始:“罗睺罗,于意云何,眼是常还是无常?”“是无常的,尊者。”“那么,无常者是苦还是乐?”“是苦的,尊者。”“那么,对于无常、苦、变易之法,是否适合如是观察——‘这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我’?”以这样的方式开示了罗睺罗教诫。意为:该教诫仅仅作为长老的观业处而说,并非如《大罗睺罗教诫》那样,是为了断除思惟而说。显示巴利原文
Saṃyuttake pana rāhulovādoti rāhulasaṃyutte vuttarāhulovādaṃ sandhāya vadanti. Tattha ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu, yamahaṃ, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyya’’nti therena yācito ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rāhula, cakkhu niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ , dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’tiādinā rāhulovādaṃ (saṃ. ni. 2.188 ādayo) ārabhi. Therassa vipassanācāroyeva, na pana mahārāhulovādo viya vitakkūpacchedāya vuttoti adhippāyo.
至于“那时世尊知其智慧已经成熟”等处:据说,世尊在独处静坐时,心中生起此念:“罗睺罗那些能令解脱成熟的法,已经成熟了。我今为何不更进一步引导罗睺罗,令其灭尽诸漏呢?”于是,世尊在午前穿好下裳,持衣钵,入舍卫城乞食;午后,乞食归来,便召唤具寿罗睺罗道:“罗睺罗,取坐具来,我们当日间休息,往盲林去。”具寿罗睺罗应声“是的,尊者”,便取了坐具,紧跟在世尊身后。其时,数千天众也前来顶礼世尊,跟在后方,心想:“今日,世尊将更进一步引导具寿罗睺罗,令其灭尽诸漏了。”随即,世尊进入盲林,在一棵树下已铺设好的座位上坐下。具寿罗睺罗也顶礼世尊后,退坐一面。于是,世尊召唤具寿罗睺罗,以“罗睺罗,于意云何,眼是常还是无常?”“是无常的,尊者。”“那么,无常者是苦还是乐?”“是苦的,尊者。”“那么,对于无常、苦、变易之法,是否适合如是观察——‘这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我’?”等这样的次第,开示了《罗睺罗教诫经》(《相应部》4.121)。正是针对此事而说:显示巴利原文
Athassa satthā ñāṇaparipākaṃ ñatvātiādīsu bhagavato kira rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘‘paripakkā kho rāhulassa vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā, yannūnāhaṃ rāhulaṃ uttari āsavānaṃ khaye vineyya’’nti? Athassa bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, rāhula, nisīdanaṃ, yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavato piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni bhagavantaṃ abhivanditvā anubandhitā honti ‘‘ajja bhagavā āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ uttari āsavānaṃ khaye vinessatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā andhavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi rāhulo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ āmantetvā ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rāhula, cakkhu niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’tiādinā rāhulovādaṃ (saṃ. ni. 4.121) adāsi. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘andhavane nisinno cūḷarāhulovādaṃ kathesī’’ti.
“由百千亿天众”:这些天众,正是当具寿罗睺罗身为大地王,在莲华上世尊足下发愿时,与他一同发愿的那些天人。其中,有的生为地居天,有的生为空居天,有的生于四大王天等天界,有的则生于梵天界。但在这一天,她们全都聚集于一处——即此盲林之中。显示巴利原文
Koṭisatasahassadevatāhīti āyasmatā rāhulena padumuttarassa bhagavato pādamūle pathavindhararājakāle patthanaṃ ṭhapentena saddhiṃ patthanaṃ ṭhapitadevatāyevetā. Tāsu pana kāci bhūmaṭṭhadevatā, kāci antalikkhaṭṭhakā, kāci cātumahārājikādidevaloke, kāci brahmaloke nibbattā, imasmiṃ pana divase sabbā ekaṭṭhāne andhavanasmiṃyeva sannipatitā.
「Ābhidosikaṃ(过夜的)」:指隔了一夜、已经变质的食物。“过夜的”这一名称,正是用来称呼已过一夜的东西。在此,其词义是:因变质的过失而被压服,故称“变质”(abhidoso);“变质的”本身,即“ābhidosiko”。
「Kummāsaṃ(麸团)」:指大麦麸团。
「他接受之后」:即在父亲说“那么,亲爱的赖吒和罗,请接受明日的饮食供养”之后,他接受了那一餐。在此,长老本性上严格行持次第乞食,若依常轨,他原本并不接受所谓“明日的食事”;但他当时是出于对母亲的悲悯而接受的。据说,他的母亲每次忆念长老,便生起极大的忧愁,流泪不止,形同受苦之人。长老心想:“我若不见她一面便离去,她的心脏恐将碎裂。”于是出于悲悯而接受了。因为有智慧的比丘们,对于应当施予父母、戒师、亲教师的悲悯,不会弃之不顾而只顾头陀支分的清净。显示巴利原文
Ābhidosikanti pārivāsikaṃ ekarattātikkantaṃ pūtibhūtaṃ. Ekarattātikkantasseva hi nāmasaññā esā, yadidaṃ ābhidosikoti. Ayaṃ panettha vacanattho – pūtibhāvadosena abhibhūtoti abhidoso, abhidosoyeva ābhidosiko. Kummāsanti yavakummāsaṃ. Adhivāsetvāti ‘‘tena hi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, adhivāsehi svātanāya bhatta’’nti pitarā nimantito svātanāya bhikkhaṃ adhivāsetvā. Ettha ca thero pakatiyā ukkaṭṭhasapadānacāriko svātanāya bhikkhaṃ nāma nādhivāseti, mātu anuggahena pana adhivāseti. Mātu kirassa theraṃ anussaritvā anussaritvā mahāsoko uppajjati, rodaneneva dukkhī viya jātā, tasmā thero ‘‘sacāhaṃ taṃ apassitvā gamissāmi, hadayampissā phaleyyā’’ti anuggahena adhivāsesi. Paṇḍitā hi bhikkhū mātāpitūnaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ vā kātabbaṃ anuggahaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā dhutaṅgasuddhikā na bhavanti.
「在那些盛装打扮的女子中」:指父亲遣送来的那些女子。据说,第二天,父亲在自己的宅邸中,令人堆起一大堆金银财宝,并用草席遮盖,吩咐尊者赖吒和罗的前妻们:“来,诸位媳妇,你们往昔是以何种装扮令善男子赖吒和罗喜爱、悦意的,现在就那样装扮起来。”又令人备好美味的嚼食与啖食,在通报斋时之后,来到已敷设座位的赖吒和罗跟前,向他恳求道:“赖吒和罗,这些是你母亲的财富,此外还有你父亲的、祖父的。亲爱的赖吒和罗,你能否在享受这些财富的同时,也广行诸般福德呢?来吧,亲爱的赖吒和罗,舍下戒律的学处,还俗回家来;你既能享受财富,又能广行福德。”被他拒绝后,当赖吒和罗正在说法时,父亲心想:“我要设法让他舍戒还俗。”接着又想:“此刻他已在说法,必不会听我的。”于是起身离去,命人打开内宫的门,将那些女子遣去,说:“这是你们的主人,去吧,不论用什么方法,都要设法抓住他。”于是,那些分成老、中、青三群的歌舞女子便围绕了长老。在她们之中,长老生起了不净想。因此说:“他对那些盛装打扮的女子生起不净想后……”显示巴利原文
Alaṅkatapaṭiyatte itthijaneti pitarā uyyojite itthijane. Pitā kirassa dutiyadivase sakanivesane mahantaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇassa puñjaṃ kārāpetvā kilañjehi paṭicchādāpetvā āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa purāṇadutiyikāyo ‘‘etha tumhe vadhū, yena alaṅkārena alaṅkatā pubbe raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa piyā hotha manāpā, tena alaṅkārena alaṅkarothā’’ti āṇāpetvā paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kāle ārocite āgantvā paññatte āsane nisinnaṃ ‘‘idaṃ te, raṭṭhapāla, mattikaṃ dhanaṃ, aññaṃ pettikaṃ, aññaṃ pitāmahaṃ; sakkā, tāta raṭṭhapāla, bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ, puññāni ca kātuṃ? Ehi tvaṃ, tāta raṭṭhapāla, sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu, puññāni ca karohī’’ti yācitvā tena paṭikkhipitvā dhamme desite ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ uppabbājessāmī’’ti ānayiṃ, so ‘‘dāni me dhammakathaṃ kātuṃ āraddho, alaṃ me vacanaṃ na karissatī’’ti uṭṭhāya gantvā tassa orodhānaṃ dvāraṃ vivarāpetvā ‘‘ayaṃ vo sāmiko, gacchatha, yaṃ kiñci katvāna gaṇhituṃ vāyamathā’’ti uyyojesi. Tīsu vayesu ṭhitā nāṭakitthiyo theraṃ parivārayiṃsu. Tāsu ayaṃ asubhasaññaṃ uppādesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘alaṅkatapaṭiyatte itthijane asubhasaññaṃ uppādetvā’’ti.
在教导了“安稳立住的教诫法”(Ṭhitakovadhamma)后:显示巴利原文
Ṭhitakovadhammaṃ desetvāti –
看这心所造之像,此高高耸立的疮身;
‘病’指此身多病,常怀种种思虑,于它实无坚固的安住可言。
看这心所造之色身,以摩尼珠和耳环为饰;
骨骼为皮肤所覆,再配上衣裳,便显出美丽。
双足以紫胶涂染,面容敷抹香粉;
如此已足令愚者迷醉,却不足以惑乱追求彼岸之人。
头发被编成八股髻,双眼涂上了眼膏;
这些装扮足以令愚者迷惑,却无法迷惑追求彼岸的行者;
心识染如眼膏之色,所装饰的却是终将腐坏的身躯;
这足以让愚人沉迷,却不足以让寻求彼岸者沉迷。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ; Āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti. ‘‘Passa cittakataṃ rūpaṃ, maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; Aṭṭhiṃ tacena onaddhaṃ, saha vatthehi sobhati. ‘‘Alattakakatā pādā, mukhaṃ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṃ; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. ‘‘Aṭṭhāpadakatā kesā, nettā añjanamakkhitā; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. ‘‘Añjanīvaṇṇavā cittā, pūtikāyo alaṅkato; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. ‘‘Odahi migavo pāsaṃ, nāsadā vāguraṃ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāmi, kandante migabandhake’’ti. (ma. ni. 2.302; theragā. 769-774) –
“以这些偈颂宣说法义之后”:指他运用这些偈颂开示了法义。显示巴利原文
Imāhi gāthāhi dhammaṃ desetvā.
“跃入空中”指腾空而起。然而,长老为何从空中离去呢?据说,他的父亲——那位长者——让人在七处门房都安上门闩,并命令大力士们:“如果他要出去,就抓住他的手脚,脱去袈裟,给他换上在家人的衣服。”正因如此,长老心想:“这些人若是抓住像我这样的大漏尽者的手脚,必将造下非福,愿他们莫要那样。”于是便从空中离去。Migacīra 是一座名为“鹿皮”的园林。“以四种衰败所庄严”:即被老衰败、病衰败、财衰败、亲眷衰败这四种衰败所装饰;这里“衰败”意指减损。其余内容此处容易理解。显示巴利原文
Ākāsaṃuppatitvāti ākāsaṃ pakkhanditvā. Kasmā pana thero ākāsena gato? Pitā kirassa seṭṭhi sattasu dvārakoṭṭhakesu aggaḷāni dāpetvā malle āṇāpesi ‘‘sace nikkhamitvā gacchati, hatthapādesu naṃ gahetvā kāsāyāni haritvā gihivesaṃ gaṇhāpethā’’ti. Tasmā thero ‘‘ete mādisaṃ mahākhīṇāsavaṃ hatthe vā pāde vā gahetvā apuññaṃ pasaveyyuṃ, taṃ nesaṃ mā ahosī’’ti cintetvā ākāsena agamāsi. Migacīranti evaṃnāmakaṃ uyyānaṃ. Catupārijuññapaṭimaṇḍitanti jarāpārijuññaṃ, byādhipārijuññaṃ, bhogapārijuññaṃ, ñātipārijuññanti imehi catūhi pārijuññehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ. Pārijuññanti ca parihānīti attho. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
军达那长老之事显示巴利原文
Kuṇḍadhānattheravatthu
211 211. 第三偈:“取筹者”指那些取筹的人。在前往苏那巴兰答地方时,他最先便取了筹,这是关联。“在六年间”指六年的时间范围之内。“友爱”指朋友之间的情谊。“在破裂时”指当有造成分裂之事时。“属于丛林同类”指丛林附近,这也是另一种读法。“变成女性”指如同女性,意思是化作女子的形相。“长时随逐”指长时间的追随。“若干长时”指若干时间。“来吧,朋友”是说“拿着吧,朋友”。“取其义”指取纳其实义,此也有其他读法。“生为衮达”指生为赌徒。显示巴利原文
211. Tatiye salākaṃ gaṇhantīti salākagāhakā. Sunāparantajanapadaṃ gacchantepi paṭhamameva salākaṃ gaṇhīti sambandho. Chabbassantareti channaṃ vassānaṃ abbhantare. Mettīti mittabhāvo. Bhedake satīti bhedakaraṇe sati. Gumbasabhāgatoti gumbasamīpato, ayameva vā pāṭho. Itthī hutvāti itthī viya hutvā, manussitthivaṇṇaṃ māpetvāti attho. Dīgharattānugatoti dīghakālaṃ anubandho. Ettakaṃ addhānanti ettakaṃ kālaṃ. Handāvusoti gaṇhāvuso. Atthaṃ gahetvāti bhūtatthaṃ gahetvā, ayameva vā pāṭho. Koṇḍo jātoti dhutto jāto.
“莫对任何人说粗恶语”一句,意为:不要对任何一位补特伽罗说粗恶语。“若你出言指责,他人也会反唇相讥”一句,是说:若你称他人为戒行不善者,他人也同样会以此话回敬你。“因为充满争执的对话是苦”一句,是指这种以理由争胜、相互对抗的言谈,它本身就是苦。“你也会遭受还击”一句,意为:若以身杖等打击他人,同样的还击也会落到你头上。显示巴利原文
Māvoca pharusaṃ kañcīti kañci ekapuggalaṃ pharusaṃ mā avoca. Vuttā paṭivadeyyu tanti tayā pare dussīlāti vuttā tampi tatheva paṭivadeyyuṃ. Dukkhā hi sārambhakathāti esā kāraṇuttarā yugaggāhakathā nāma dukkhā. Paṭidaṇḍā phuseyyu tanti kāyadaṇḍādīhi paraṃ paharantassa tādisāva paṭidaṇḍā tava matthake pateyyuṃ.
“若能调御自身”意为:如果你能使自己稳固不动摇。“犹如破损的铜锣”是指:如同被切去下缘、仅留平面而放置的铜锣,这样的铜锣即使被手、脚或棍棒击打,也不发出声响。“你已得般涅槃”是说:若能成为如此之人,圆满此道,那么虽尚未实际证得涅槃,也可称为“已得般涅槃”。“你便无有纷争”是说:这时,诸如“你戒行不好,我戒行良好”这类以压倒他人言辞为特征的忿怒,便不存在于你,也绝不生起。“以烦恼染污故”是说明其原因——因为染污。显示巴利原文
Sace neresi attānanti sace attānaṃ niccalaṃ kātuṃ sakkhissasi. Kaṃso upahato yathāti mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ chinditvā talamattaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ kaṃsatālaṃ viya. Tādisañhi hatthehi pādehi daṇḍena vā pahatampi saddaṃ na karoti. Esa pattosi nibbānanti sace evarūpo bhavituṃ sakkhissasi, imaṃ paṭipadaṃ pūrayamāno eso tvaṃ idāni appattopi nibbānaṃ pattosi nāma. Sārambho te na vijjatīti ‘‘evañca sati tvaṃ dussīlo, ahaṃ susīlo’’ti evamādiko uttarikaraṇavācālakkhaṇo sārambho te na vijjati, na bhavissatiyevāti attho. Parikkilesenāti saṃkilesahetunā.
鹏耆舍长老之事显示巴利原文
Vaṅgīsattheravatthu
212 第四偈颂中的“具足辩才”,是指辩才圆满的人。偈中“他知死……一切流”——他以一切方式明确知晓众生的死与结生;我称他因无所执著而为“无著”,因修行善达而为“善逝”,因自觉悟四圣谛而为“佛陀”、“婆罗门”。“其趣向”——那些天等不知其趣向者,我称他因诸漏灭尽而为“漏尽者”,因远离烦恼而为“阿拉汉”、“婆罗门”。显示巴利原文
212. Catutthe sampannapaṭibhānānanti paripuṇṇapaṭibhānānaṃ. Cutiṃ yo vedi…pe… sabbasoti yo sattānaṃ cutiñca paṭisandhiñca sabbākārena pākaṭaṃ katvā jānāti, taṃ ahaṃ alagganatāya asattaṃ, paṭipattiyā suṭṭhu gatattā sugataṃ, catunnaṃ saccānaṃ sambuddhattā buddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho. Yassa gatinti yassete devādayo gatiṃ na jānanti, tamahaṃ āsavānaṃ khīṇatāya khīṇāsavaṃ, kilesehi ārakattā arahantaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
优波先那·瓦甘答子长老之事显示巴利原文
Upasenavaṅgantaputtattheravatthu
213 第五偈:“一切令生净信者”指以一切方式令人产生净信的人。“为何你此”:你这个是什么。“过于迅速”:太快了。对于在那生命体中不具备道果生起之引发缘的人,佛陀们称其为“空虚之人”,如阿里吒等人。即使有引发缘,但若在那个时刻并未生起道或果,也仍称“空虚之人”,像檀尼耶尊者等。对于此人,因在那个时刻没有道果,所以说“空虚之人”,即徒然无用之人。“为大众”:为了僧团大众。“以种种方法”:以种种缘故。显示巴利原文
213. Pañcame sabbapāsādikānanti sabbaso pasādaṃ janentānaṃ. Kintāyanti kiṃ te ayaṃ. Atilahunti atisīghaṃ. Yassa tasmiṃ attabhāve uppajjanārahānaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo natthi, taṃ buddhā ‘‘moghapuriso’’ti vadanti ariṭṭhalāḷudāyiādike viya. Upanissaye satipi tasmiṃ khaṇe magge vā phale vā asati ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vadantiyeva dhaniyattherādike viya. Imassapi tasmiṃ khaṇe maggaphalānaṃ abhāvato ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti āha, tucchamanussāti attho. Bāhullāyāti parisabāhullāya. Anekapariyāyenāti anekakāraṇena.
“诸比丘,我欲……”:据说,世尊在那半个月中未见到任何可教化觉悟的众生,因此说了这话;尽管如此,依于常轨,说法仍应进行。然而他心中这样思惟:“我让出机缘独自静处后,比丘们将会制定不如法的羯磨,优波先那将把它破除;我会对他生起净信,由此允许比丘们前来见我。接着,众多想见我的比丘将会受持头陀支,而我因为他们所舍弃的坐卧具等因缘,将制定学处。”因此他说了这番话。“尊者的”:指优波先那长老。“比丘,这些粪扫衣令你满意吗?”:这是问:“比丘,你的这些粪扫衣令你满意,你是出于自己的喜好与堪忍而取用的吗?”“尊者,这些粪扫衣并不令我满意”:尊者,我不是出于自己的喜好与堪忍而取用它们的;我拿取它们就像被掐着脖子、被打着头一样——他是这样表示的。“如律藏中所说”:是指依据律藏而说的。显示巴利原文
Icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhaveti bhagavā kira taṃ addhamāsaṃ na kañci bodhaneyyasattaṃ addasa, tasmā evamāha, evaṃ santepi tantivasena dhammadesanā kattabbā siyā. Yasmā panassa etadahosi – ‘‘mayi okāsaṃ kāretvā paṭisallīne bhikkhū adhammikaṃ katikavattaṃ karissanti, taṃ upaseno bhindissati, ahaṃ tassa pasīditvā bhikkhūnaṃ dassanaṃ anujānissāmi. Tato maṃ passitukāmā bahū bhikkhū dhutaṅgāni samādiyissanti, ahañca tehi ujjhitasanthatapaccayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti, tasmā evamāha. Therassāti upasenattherassa. Manāpāni te bhikkhu paṃsukūlānīti ‘‘bhikkhu tava imāni paṃsukūlāni manāpāni attano ruciyā khantiyā gahitānī’’ti pucchati. Na kho me, bhante, manāpāni paṃsukūlānīti, bhante, na mayā attano ruciyā khantiyā gahitāni, galaggāhena viya matthakatāḷanena viya ca gāhito mayāti dasseti. Pāḷiyaṃ āgatamevāti vinayapāḷiṃ sandhāya vadati.
达波长老的事显示巴利原文
Dabbattheravatthu
214 在第六节中:“在十八座大精舍”指位于王舍城周围的十八座大精舍。“近住时期”指接近雨安居的时候。“前往静处”:到隐蔽之处独处。长老想要为僧团服务而付出身体,便这样思惟——据说,长老观察到自身所作已办,便这样想:“我维持这个身体,它犹如立在风口上的灯,处于无常的关口,不久便将般涅槃。在尚未般涅槃之前,我何不为僧团作些服务呢?”他如此思惟并如理作意道:“在边地有许多善男子,尚未见到世尊便已出家。他们为了‘要见世尊、要礼拜世尊’而从远方来。在那里,有些比丘因为没有足够的坐卧具,只能睡在石板上。然而,我可以用自己的神通力,随那些善男子的意愿,为他们化现殿堂、精舍、半屋等,以及床座与铺盖,并给予他们吗?第二天,他们中有些人身体极为疲惫,出于对其他比丘的恭敬而站在前面,连饮食也不吩咐分配;我却有能力为他们安排分配饮食。”如此如理作意后,他想:“我不如为僧团安排坐卧具,并分配饮食。”“同类者与同类者”:是指依据各自的功德,如经师等,而与同类者同住,并非基于朋友交情。长老会把所有经师挑选出来,与经师安排在一起。显示巴利原文
214. Chaṭṭhe aṭṭhārasasu mahāvihāresūti rājagahassa samantato ṭhitesu aṭṭhārasasu mahāvihāresu. Upavijaññāti āsannapasūtikālā. Rahogatoti rahasi gato. Saṅghassa veyyāvaccakaraṇe kāyaṃ yojetukāmo cintesīti thero kira attano katakiccabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ sarīraṃ dhāremi, tañca kho vātamukhe ṭhitapadīpo viya aniccatāmukhe ṭhitaṃ nacirasseva nibbāyanadhammaṃ yāva na nibbāyati, tāva kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ saṅghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyya’’nti cintento iti paṭisañcikkhati ‘‘tiroraṭṭhesu bahū kulaputtā bhagavantaṃ adisvāva pabbajanti, te ‘bhagavantaṃ passissāma ceva vandissāmā’ti ca dūratopi āgacchanti, tatra yesaṃ senāsanaṃ nappahoti, te silāpattakepi seyyaṃ kappenti. Pahomi kho panāhaṃ attano ānubhāvena tesaṃ tesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ icchāvasena pāsādavihāraaḍḍhayogādīni mañcapīṭhattharaṇāni nimminitvā dātuṃ? Punadivase cettha ekacce ativiya kilantarūpā honti, te gāravena bhikkhūnaṃ purato ṭhatvā bhattānipi na uddisāpenti, ahaṃ kho pana tesaṃ bhattānipi uddisituṃ pahomī’’ti. Iti paṭisañcikkhanto ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeyyaṃ, bhattāni ca uddiseyya’’nti cintesi. Sabhāgasabhāgānanti suttantikādiguṇavasena sabhāgānaṃ, na mittasanthavavasena. Thero hi yāvatikā suttantikā honti, te uccinitvā uccinitvā ekato tesaṃ anurūpameva senāsanaṃ paññapeti. Venayikābhidhammikakammaṭṭhānikakāyadaḷhibahulesupi eseva nayo. Teneva pāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 380) vuttaṃ – ‘‘yete bhikkhū suttantikā, tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññapetī’’tiādi.
「以燃烧的手指」:意为先入火遍第四禅那,出定后以神通智决意手指燃烧,即由那火界等至所生的火网令手指炽燃。而关于「这是床」等言语:当长老说「这是床」等时,他所化现者也在各自所在之处说「这是床」等。这就是化现者的自然法则。显示巴利原文
Aṅguliyā jalamānāyāti tejokasiṇacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya abhiññāñāṇena aṅgulijalanaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā teneva tejodhātusamāpattijanitena aggijālena aṅguliyā jalamānāya. Ayaṃ mañcotiādīsu pana there ‘‘ayaṃ mañco’’tiādiṃ vadante nimmitāpi attano attano gataṭṭhāne ‘‘ayaṃ mañco’’tiādiṃ vadanti. Ayañhi nimmitānaṃ dhammatā.
一人说话时,所有化现者也都说话;
一人沉默时,一切化现者也都沉默。”(《长部》2.286)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmiṃ, sabbe bhāsanti nimmitā; Ekasmiṃ tuṇhimāsine, sabbe tuṇhī bhavanti te’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.286);
然而,在那些床座等资具不完备的寺院,他以神通力令之具足,因此所化现者的话并非空言,因为床座等实存于各处。他将所有寺院的往来道路都决意为同等尺寸。然而应知,由于羯磨规约各各不同,他于诸寺中分别令其宣说羯磨规约。盖未经指定的化现者,其自然属性即如“一人说话时……”等所说。确实,凡未在容貌、年龄、身相、资具、动作等方面作特定指定而化现者,由于未作指定,便与施展神通者全然相似。无论行住坐卧、言谈默然,神通者如何,他们亦如何。然而,若欲化现种种形相——或有年少、或有中年、或有老年,乃至长发、半秃、诸发交杂,或披半件红袈裟、黄袈裟,作诵经、说法、唱偈、提问、解答、染衣、煮饭、缝衣、洗衣等事,或欲化现其余种种形相——彼时,他从根本禅出定后,作“如是数量之比丘为年少”等预备,再次入定,出定已而决意;当决意心生起,便如其所愿化为种种形相。随后他返回自己的住处,与那些化现者一道,随意谈论地方杂事。显示巴利原文
Yasmiṃ pana vihāre mañcapīṭhādīni na paripūrenti, tattha attano ānubhāvena pūrenti, tena nimmitānaṃ avatthukaṃ vacanaṃ na hoti sabbattha mañcapīṭhādīnaṃ sabbhāvato. Sabbavihāresu ca gamanamagge samappamāṇe katvā adhiṭṭhāti. Katikasaṇṭhānādīnaṃ pana nānappakārattā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vihāre katikavattāni visuṃ visuṃ kathāpetīti veditabbaṃ. Aniyametvā nimmitānañhi ‘‘ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmi’’ntiādidhammatā vuttā. Tathā hi ye vaṇṇavayasarīrāvayavaparikkhārakiriyāvisesādīhi niyamaṃ akatvā nimmitā honti, te aniyametvā nimmitattā iddhimatā sadisāva honti. Ṭhānanisajjādīsu bhāsitatuṇhībhāvādīsu vā yaṃ yaṃ iddhimā karoti, taṃ tadeva karonti. Sace pana nānappakāre kātukāmo hoti, keci paṭhamavaye, keci majjhimavaye, keci pacchimavaye, tathā dīghakese upaḍḍhamuṇḍe missakakese upaḍḍharattacīvare paṇḍukacīvare, padabhāṇadhammakathāsarabhaññapañhapucchanapañhavissajjanarajanapacanacīvarasibbanadhovanādīni karonte, aparepi vā nānappakāre kātukāmo hoti, tena pādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘ettakā bhikkhū paṭhamavayā hontū’’tiādinā nayena parikammaṃ katvā puna samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhānacittena saddhiṃ icchiticchitappakārāyeva honti. Puna attano vasanaṭṭhānameva āgacchatīti tehi saddhiṃ janapadakathaṃ kathento anisīditvā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ veḷuvanameva paccāgacchati. Pāḷiyanti vinayapāḷiyaṃ.
毕陵陀瓦差长老的事显示巴利原文
Pilindavacchattheravatthu
215 第七个偈颂中,“piyānaṃ”指应被爱乐者。“manāpānaṃ”指令心增长欢喜者。而“毕陵达”为其姓,“瓦洽”为其名——此处也有相反之说,谓“毕陵达是名,瓦洽是姓”。正因如此,阿阇梨法护长老在《长老偈注》中说:“他们为他取名毕陵达,以瓦洽为姓,由此他后来被称为毕陵达瓦洽。”“Saṃsandetvā”意为合在一起。显示巴利原文
215. Sattame piyānanti piyāyitabbānaṃ. Manāpānanti manavaḍḍhanakānaṃ. Pilindoti panassa gottaṃ, vacchoti nāmanti ettha vuttavipariyāyenapi vadanti ‘‘pilindoti nāmaṃ, vacchoti gotta’’nti. Teneva ācariyadhammapālattherena theragāthāsaṃvaṇṇanāya (theragā. aṭṭha. 1.8 pilindavacchattheragāthāvaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ – ‘‘pilindotissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu, vacchoti pana gottaṃ. Tena so aparabhāge pilindavacchoti paññāyitthā’’ti. Saṃsandetvāti ekato katvā.
“闻师说法,得信出家”——此句依增支部诵者的传述方式而说。然而另一派诵者这样说:在我等世尊未出世时,他于舍卫城的一个婆罗门家中出生,名为毕陵达瓦洽,因于流转中对轮回深生悚惧,便出家而为游方行者,成就了名为“小犍陀罗”的明咒,能飞行虚空、了知他心,住在王舍城,获得最高的利养与恭敬。后来,当我们的世尊成正觉后,次第游行至王舍城,从那时起,由于佛的威神力,他的那道明咒便不再灵验,不能成办有义利之事。他便思惟:“我曾从师长们听说:凡持诵大犍陀罗明咒之处,小犍陀罗明咒便不能成就。自从沙门乔达摩来后,我的明咒便不灵验,沙门乔达摩必定通达大犍陀罗明咒。我何不亲近于他,学此明咒?”于是他来到世尊跟前,这样说:“大沙门,我想从您这里学习一个明咒,请允许我。”世尊说:“那你就出家吧。”他想:“出家即是明咒的准备”,便出家了。“Paravambhanavasenāti”意为由于贬低他人。显示巴利原文
Satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā paṭiladdhasaddho pabbajitvāti idaṃ aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggena vuttaṃ. Apare pana bhaṇanti – anuppanneyeva amhākaṃ bhagavati sāvatthiyaṃ brāhmaṇagehe nibbattitvā pilindavacchoti paññāto saṃsāre saṃvegabahulatāya paribbājakapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā cūḷagandhāraṃ nāma vijjaṃ sādhetvā ākāsacārī paracittavidū ca hutvā rājagahe lābhaggayasaggappatto paṭivasati. Atha yadā amhākaṃ bhagavā abhisambuddho hutvā anukkamena rājagahaṃ upagato, tato paṭṭhāya buddhānubhāvena tassa sā vijjā na sampajjati, atthakiccaṃ na sādheti. So cintesi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ ‘ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ yattha mahāgandhāravijjā dharati, tattha cūḷagandhāravijjā na sampajjatī’ti. Samaṇassa pana gotamassa āgatakālato paṭṭhāya nāyaṃ mama vijjā sampajjati, nissaṃsayaṃ samaṇo gotamo mahāgandhāravijjaṃ jānāti, yannūnāhaṃ taṃ payirupāsitvā tassa santike vijjaṃ pariyāpuṇeyya’’nti. So bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tava santike ekaṃ vijjaṃ pariyāpuṇitukāmo, okāsaṃ me karohī’’ti. Bhagavā ‘‘tena hi pabbajā’’ti āha. So ‘‘vijjāya parikammaṃ pabbajjā’’ti maññamāno pabbajīti. Paravambhanavasenāti paresaṃ garahanavasena.
“Akakkasaṃ”意为不粗野。“Viññāpaniṃ”意为能使人明了含义。“Saccaṃ”意为真实、如实。“Nābhisajeti”意为不会因那样的言语令他人执着或恼怒;一位漏尽者根本不会说出那样的话,因此我称他为婆罗门,说他是婆罗门——这是此处的要义。显示巴利原文
Akakkasanti apharusaṃ. Viññāpaninti atthaviññāpaniṃ. Saccanti bhūtatthaṃ. Nābhisajeti yāya girāya aññaṃ kujjhāpanavasena na lagāpeyya, khīṇāsavo nāma evarūpameva giraṃ na bhāseyya, tasmā tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
“Anuvicinitvā”意为反复审察后。“Caṇḍikataṃ gacchantaṃ”意为快速地行进。显示巴利原文
Anuvicinitvāti anuvicāretvā. Caṇḍikataṃ gacchantanti sīghagatiyā gacchantaṃ.
婆醯·达鲁茨利亚长老事显示巴利原文
Bāhiyadārucīriyattheravatthu
216 216. 第八个偈颂中,“仅经一夜便赶到”是指依靠天神的神通力赶到。也有说是“依靠佛陀的神通力”。他这样到达后,进入精舍,见到众多比丘用完早斋后,为了消除身体疲劳在露天经行,便问道:“导师现在在哪里?”比丘们回答:“世尊进舍卫城乞食了。”接着问他:“你从哪里来?”他说:“我从苏帕拉卡来。”“什么时候出发的?”“昨天傍晚。”“你远道而来,先洗洗脚,涂上油,稍作休息,等世尊回来时就能拜见了。”他说:“尊者,我不知道世尊或我的生命会有什么障碍。我用一夜的时间,不曾停歇、不曾坐下,走了一百由旬的路。见过世尊之后,我再去休息。”说完,他急切地进入舍卫城,看见世尊正以无与伦比的佛陀威仪在乞食,心想:“啊,过了这么久,我终于见到正自觉者了!”从他见到世尊之处起,他便躬身向前,在路中央五体投地作礼,紧握世尊的脚踝,这样说道:“请世尊为我说法,尊者!请善逝为我说法,这将带给我长久的利益与安乐!”显示巴利原文
216. Aṭṭhame ekarattivāsena gantvāti devatānubhāvena gantvā. ‘‘Buddhānubhāvenā’’tipi vadanti. Evaṃ gato ca vihāraṃ pavisitvā sambahule bhikkhū bhuttapātarāse kāyālasiyavimocanatthāya abbhokāse caṅkamante disvā ‘‘kahaṃ etarahi satthā’’ti pucchi. Bhikkhū ‘‘sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti vatvā taṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘tvaṃ pana kuto āgato’’ti? Suppārakā āgatomhīti. Kadā nikkhantosīti? Hiyyo sāyaṃ nikkhantomhīti. Dūrato āgato, tava pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā thokaṃ vissamāhi, āgatakāle satthāraṃ dakkhissatīti. Ahaṃ, bhante, satthu vā attano vā jīvitantarāyaṃ na jānāmi, ekarattenevamhi katthaci aṭṭhatvā anisīditvā vīsayojanasatikaṃ maggaṃ āgato, satthāraṃ passitvāva vissamissāmīti. So evaṃ vatvā taramānarūpo sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ anopamāya buddhasiriyā piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā ‘‘cirassaṃ vata me diṭṭho sammāsambuddho’’ti diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya oṇatasarīro gantvā antaravīthiyameva pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā gopphakesu daḷhaṃ gahetvā evamāha – ‘‘desetu me, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu me sugato dhammaṃ, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.
于是世尊拒绝他说:“婆醯,现在还不是时候,我已进入村落间行乞。”听了这话,婆醯说:“尊者,在轮回中流转时,我从未得到过一口食物。我不知道您或我将遭遇怎样的生命障碍,请您为我说法吧!”世尊第二次又拒绝了。据说世尊心中这样思忖:“此人自从见到我的那一刻起,全身便为不间断的喜悦所遍满。若凭着强烈的喜悦冲动来听法,反而无法通达。先让他安住于中舍心较为合宜。再者,他一夜之间赶了一百由旬的路,身体极其疲劳,这也需要先令其平息。”因此,在拒绝了两次之后,第三次被请求时,世尊便站在街道中间,以“婆醯,所以你应当这样学:在看的时候,只是看……”等方法为他说法。为了简要显示此义,才说出“导师入城乞食”等语。其中,「antaraghare」即指在街道之间。显示巴利原文
Atha naṃ satthā ‘‘akālo kho tāva, bāhiya, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhomhi piṇḍāyā’’ti paṭikkhipi . Taṃ sutvā bāhiyo, ‘‘bhante, saṃsāre saṃsarantena kabaḷīkārāhāro na no laddhapubbo, tumhākaṃ vā mayhaṃ vā jīvitantarāyaṃ na jānāmi, desetha me dhamma’’nti. Satthā dutiyampi paṭikkhipiyeva. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi ‘‘imassa maṃ diṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya sakalasarīraṃ pītiyā nirantaraṃ ajjhotthaṭaṃ hoti, balavapītivegena dhammaṃ sutvāpi na sakkhissati paṭivijjhituṃ, majjhattupekkhā tāva tiṭṭhatu, ekaratteneva vīsayojanasataṃ maggaṃ āgatattā darathopissa balavā, sopi tāva paṭippassambhatū’’ti. Tasmā dvikkhattuṃ paṭikkhipitvā tatiyaṃ yācito antaravīthiyaṃ ṭhitova ‘‘tasmātiha te, bāhiya, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissatī’’tiādinā (udā. 10) nayena dhammaṃ deseti. Imamatthaṃ saṃkhipitvā dassento ‘‘satthāraṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭha’’ntiādimāha. Tattha antaraghareti antaravīthiyaṃ.
“由于衣钵不齐全而寻找衣钵”:据说他修习沙门法两万年,一直抱着这样的观念:“所谓比丘,得到自己的资具后,就不该顾及别人,而应当自己受用。”因此,他对任何一位比丘都不曾用钵或衣去关心帮助过。世尊知道“神变所成的衣钵不会在他身上生起”,所以未以“善来比丘”的方式度他出家。当他即刻请求出家时,世尊问道:“你的衣钵齐全了吗?”他答:“不齐全。”世尊便说:“那么,你去寻找衣钵吧。”说完便离开了。于是,他为了寻找衣钵,从垃圾堆里捡拾碎布片。显示巴利原文
Aparipuṇṇapattacīvaratāya pattacīvaraṃ pariyesantoti so kira vīsativassasahassāni samaṇadhammaṃ karonto ‘‘bhikkhunā nāma attano paccaye labhitvā aññaṃ anoloketvā sayameva bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ekabhikkhussapi pattena vā cīvarena vā saṅgahaṃ nākāsi. Tenassa ‘‘iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ na uppajjissatī’’ti ñatvā ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbajjaṃ na adāsi. Tāvadeva ca pabbajjaṃ yācito ‘‘paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvara’’nti pucchitvā ‘‘aparipuṇṇa’’nti vutte ‘‘tena hi pattacīvaraṃ pariyesāhī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Tasmā so pattacīvaraṃ pariyesanto saṅkāraṭṭhānato coḷakhaṇḍāni saṃkaḍḍhati.
「Sahassamapi」是表示分际的词。意思是:假如有一些以一千、两千等数划分的偈颂,其内容却充斥着无意义的言辞,宣扬诸如虚空之色、山林之形等不能导向涅槃、无义利的语句,那么纵使数量极多,也属低劣——这便是其义理所在。而「Ekaṃ gāthāpadaṃ seyyo」的意思是“一个偈颂的语句更为殊胜”,这是指像“不放逸是不死之道……放逸如同死亡”(《法句》21)这样的偈颂,哪怕仅有一颂,也更为殊胜——这便是其义理所在。显示巴利原文
Sahassamapīti paricchedavacanaṃ. Ekasahassaṃ dvesahassānīti evaṃ sahassena ce paricchinnā gāthā honti, tā ca anatthapadasaṃhitā ākāsavaṇṇapabbatavaṇṇādīni pakāsakehi anibbānadīpakehi anatthakehi padehi saṃhitā yāva bahukā honti, tāva pāpikā evāti attho . Ekaṃ gāthāpadaṃ seyyoti ‘‘appamādo amatapadaṃ…pe… yathā matā’’ti (dha. pa. 21) evarūpā ekagāthāpi seyyoti attho.
童子迦叶长老事显示巴利原文
Kumārakassapattheravatthu
217 第九个偈颂中,“在一佛间隔中享受成就”是指:因为他已于声闻菩提得决定,且所积福德资粮尤为殊胜,故不堕恶趣,于整整一佛间隔中,在天与人中享受种种成就。为说明其出生因缘,便从头说起,于是讲述了“那个女子……”等内容。其中,“那个女子”即指那位良家女子。“Ca”字表差别义,用以显示所要分别之处。“夫家”即丈夫之家。“胎相”即怀孕的征象。虽然毗舍佉也出自舍卫城的族姓,但为标明她是其中首要者,故说“毗舍佉也……”等,犹如说“婆罗门们来了,婆私吒也来了”。也正因如此,世尊为他取了此名(故有如此关联)。因王子于世间称为“童子”,而此子是国王的养子,故有“国王……他们知道了”等文。显示巴利原文
217. Navame ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ sampattiṃ anubhavamānoti sāvakabodhiyā niyatatāya puññasambhārassa ca sātisayattā vinipātaṃ agantvā ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhavamāno. ‘‘Ekissā kuladārikāya kucchimhi uppanno’’ti vatvā tamevassa uppannabhāvaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ – ‘‘sā cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha sāti kuladārikā. Ca-saddo byatirekattho. Tena vuccamānaṃ visesaṃ jotayati. Kulagharanti patikulagehaṃ. Gabbhanimittanti gabbhassa saṇṭhitabhāvaviggahaṃ. Satipi visākhāya sāvatthivāsikulapariyāpannatte tassā tattha padhānabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘visākhañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘brāhmaṇā āgatā, vāsiṭṭhopi āgato’’ti. Bhagavatā evaṃ gahitanāmattāti yojanā. Yasmā rājaputtā loke ‘‘kumārā’’ti voharīyanti, ayañca rañño kittimaputto, tasmā āha – ‘‘rañño…pe… sañjāniṃsū’’ti.
“准备十五问”:指依据《蚁丘经》中所说——如“比丘,比丘,这个蚁丘夜间冒烟,白昼燃烧”等——准备好十五个问题。“对帕耶西王”:指那位持“没有他世,没有化生有情,没有善行、恶行业果报应”等见解的帕耶西王。据说当时这位国王尚未举行灌顶礼,住在憍萨罗国波斯匿王所赐的实塔城中,生起了这种邪见。“以十五问作答”:即以“刹帝利,您对此作何看法?这些日月天子,是属于此世间,还是他世?他们是天神还是人?”等十五个问题来回应、探究他。“经”:即《帕耶西经》。显示巴利原文
Pañcadasa pañhe abhisaṅkharitvāti ‘‘bhikkhu, bhikkhu, ayaṃ vammiko rattiṃ dhūpāyati, divā pajjalatī’’tiādinā vammikasutte (ma. ni. 1.249) āgatanayena pañcadasa pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā. Pāyāsiraññoti ‘‘natthi paraloko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti (dī. ni. 2.410, 412) evaṃladdhikassa pāyāsirājassa. Rājā hi tadā anabhisitto hutvā pasenadinā kosalena dinnasetabyanagaraṃ ajjhāvasanto imaṃ diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhi. Pañcadasahi pañhehi paṭimaṇḍetvāti ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rājañña, ime candimasūriyā imasmiṃ vā loke parasmiṃ vā devā vā te manussā’’ti evamādīhi (dī. ni. 2.411) pañcadasahi pañhehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ katvā. Suttanteti pāyāsisuttante (dī. ni. 2.406 ādayo).
摩诃俱絺罗长老的故事显示巴利原文
Mahākoṭṭhikattheravatthu
218 218. 第十个故事,其义明了。显示巴利原文
218. Dasamaṃ uttānatthameva.
第十四品:最上品显示巴利原文
14. Etadaggavaggo
(14) 第四品「最上品」的解释显示巴利原文
(14) 4. Catutthaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
阿难长老的故事显示巴利原文
Ānandattheravatthu
219-223 219-223. 第四品第一则故事所述“之前提到的尺寸”:如同前面憍陈如长老故事中所说的那种尺寸——“他的轭端长九十肘,鬃毛长三十肘,椽木长十二肘,脚所站立之处长十一肘”。“派人送去给国王”:他报告边疆叛乱的消息后,便派人送去。然而,在《长老偈注》中则记载道:“他未向国王报告边疆叛乱,便自行平息了。国王听闻后大喜,便召来王子说:‘善喜(苏摩那),我赐你一个恩典,你领受吧。’”“我没有这样的心意”:即我没有那样的心。“不会落空”:指不会徒劳一场。“请领受别的恩赐吧”:意为希求别的,也就是“请拿别的吧”。“决意让它变成水”:即他决意说“让这变成水吧”。“因为出行”:指出于外出游方。“不是贪求食财的眼光”:指不以贪染的眼光看待那些统称为衣、钵等资具的物质利益。显示巴利原文
219-223. Catutthavaggassa paṭhame heṭṭhā vuttappamāṇanti heṭṭhā koṇḍaññattherassa vatthumhi ‘‘tassa dhurapattāni navutihatthāni honti, kesaraṃ tiṃsahatthaṃ, kaṇṇikā dvādasahatthā, pādena patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ ekādasahattha’’nti evaṃ vuttappamāṇaṃ. Rañño pesesīti paccantassa kupitabhāvaṃ ārocetvā pesesi. Theragāthāsaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ (theragā. aṭṭha. 2.1016 ānandattheragāthāvaṇṇanā) pana ‘‘paccantassa kupitabhāvaṃ rañño anārocetvā sayameva taṃ vūpasamesi, taṃ sutvā rājā tuṭṭhamānaso puttaṃ pakkosāpetvā ‘varaṃ te, sumana, dammi, gaṇhāhī’ti āhā’’ti vuttaṃ. Na metaṃ cittaṃ atthīti mama evarūpaṃ cittaṃ natthi. Avañjhanti atucchaṃ. Aññaṃ varehīti aññaṃ patthehi, aññaṃ gaṇhāhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Udakaṃ adhiṭṭhāyāti ‘‘udakaṃ hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā. Gatenāti gamanena. Na āmisacakkhukāti cīvarādipaccayasaṅkhātaṃ āmisaṃ na olokenti.
“Vasanaṭṭhānasabhāgeyevāti”:指就在住处附近。“Ekantavallabhoti”:指在侍者职责上极受信赖。“Etassevāti”:即此比丘的。“Dvejjhakathā na hontīti”:指没有模棱两可的话,也就是没有不确定的言论。“Anibaddhāti”:指不固定。“Lohitena galantenāti”:这是表示状态的具格,意为“与流淌的血相伴”。“Anvāsattoti”:指紧随不舍。“Uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānandāti”:这是为表达急切而重复的话语。“Duvidhena udakenāti”:指用冷水和热水。“Tividhena dantakaṭṭhenāti”:指小、大、中三种尺寸的齿木。“Nava vāre anupariyāyatīti”:指在导师召唤时,为了去除昏沉与睡眠而作出回应,因此环行九次。所以他(注释者)说:“就这样,这曾是他……”等等。其余的部分在此。显示巴利原文
Vasanaṭṭhānasabhāgeyevāti vasanaṭṭhānasamīpeyeva. Ekantavallabhoti upaṭṭhākaṭṭhāne ekantena vallabho. Etassevāti etasseva bhikkhussa. Dvejjhakathā na hontīti dvidhābhūtakathā na honti, anekantikakathā na hontīti vuttaṃ hoti. Anibaddhāti aniyatā. Lohitena galantenāti itthambhūtakkhāne karaṇavacanaṃ, galantena lohitena yuttoti attho. Anvāsattoti anugato. Uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānandāti turite idamāmeḍitavacanaṃ. Duvidhena udakenāti sītudakena uṇhudakena ca. Tividhena dantakaṭṭhenāti khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ majjhimanti evaṃ tippakārena dantakaṭṭhena. Nava vāre anupariyāyatīti satthari pakkosante paṭivacanadānāya thinamiddhavinodanatthaṃ navakkhattuṃ anupariyāyati. Tenevāha – ‘‘evañhissa ahosī’’tiādi. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
伍卢韦喇迦叶长老的故事显示巴利原文
Uruvelakassapattheravatthu
224 224. 第二个故事中,所应讲说的内容,在律藏巴利原文中已有详尽记载。显示巴利原文
224. Dutiye yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ vitthārato vinayapāḷiyaṃ āgatameva.
伍达夷长老的故事显示巴利原文
Kāḷudāyittheravatthu
225 225. 第三个故事中,“gamanākappanti”指的是行走的威仪,即行走的方式。此处其余的内容都很浅显。显示巴利原文
225. Tatiye gamanākappanti gamanākāraṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva.
拔古喇长老的故事显示巴利原文
Bākulattheravatthu
226 226. 第四个故事中,“nirābādhānanti”指无病者,即没有疾病的人。犹如本应说“dvāvīsati, dvattiṃsā”(二十二、三十二)之处,却说成了“bāvīsati, bāttiṃsā”等;同样,这位尊者本应因被两个家族养育而名为“dvikulo”或“dvekulo”(二族),却被叫作“bākulo”(拔古喇),因此注释者说:“拔古喇因在两个家族中被养育长大,故得此名。”“Upayogenāti”指以运用,即凭此威力。“Phāsukakāleti”指安乐之时,也就是无病的时期。“Gadduhanamattampīti”指仅如挤一下奶之久,就是挤出一次牛奶所需的片刻。但此处并非指挤奶的全部过程,而是指抓住母牛乳头,挤出一滴奶所需的那一刹那。“Ārogyasālanti”指康复堂,就是为令病人获得健康而专门建造的厅堂。显示巴利原文
226. Catutthe nirābādhānanti ābādharahitānaṃ. Yathā ‘‘dvāvīsati dvattiṃsā’’tiādimhi vattabbe ‘‘bāvīsati bāttiṃsā’’tiādīni vuccanti, evamevaṃ dve kulāni assāti dvikulo, dvekuloti vā vattabbe bākuloti vuttanti āha – ‘‘bākuloti dvīsu kulesu vaḍḍhitattā evaṃladdhanāmo’’ti. Upayogenāti ānubhāvena. Phāsukakāleti arogakāle. Gadduhanamattampīti goduhanamattampi kālaṃ. Idha pana na sakalo goduhanakkhaṇo adhippeto, atha kho gāviṃ thane gahetvā ekakhīrabinduduhanakālamattaṃ adhippetaṃ. Ārogyasālanti āturānaṃ arogabhāvakaraṇatthāya katasālaṃ.
「Nimujjanummujjanavasenāti」指凭着潜入和浮出的方式,也就是在仅仅及膝的水中,通过一点点潜入又浮出的力量。「Chaḍḍetvā palāyīti」指丢掉后便逃跑,这里是指就在鱼的嘴边把鱼丢掉,然后跑掉了。「Dārakassa tejenāti」指靠着男孩的威德力量,也就是凭借这个男孩的福德之威力。「Māriyamānāva marantīti」指那些鱼就好像被杀死了一样死去,就像被棍棒等打击而死去的鱼一样,它们并不是仅仅被网捉住、没有受伤的那种。「Nīhaṭamattova matoti」指一被取出来马上就死了,就是在被取出的那个瞬间就死了。因此,对于他,并没有施加杀死它的加害行为,倘若施展了那种手段,那男孩就会生病。「Tanti」那个,指的是鱼。「Sakalamevāti」指就是完整的,即没有缺损、四肢健全的。「Na keḷāyatīti」指不会嬉戏,也就是不会觉得欢喜,对于任何事物都不会在意。「Piṭṭhito phālentīti」指从背部裂开,也就是因为男孩的福德威力,鱼从背上裂开了。「Bheriṃ carāpetvāti」指让人敲起鼓,也就是说,为了宣布“得了儿子啦!”而让人敲着鼓游行。「Pakatiṃ ācikkhīti」指说明了真相,也就是说出了自己是对方的儿子。「Kucchiyā dhāritattā amātā kātuṃ na sakkāti」指因为曾经把他怀在肚子里,所以不能把她当作不是母亲,由于她是生母,因此不能看作不是母亲。「Macchaṃ gaṇhantāpīti」指那些买鱼带走的人,他们既然那样买了带走,就连鱼肚子里所包含的一切都一并带走了,因此(注释者)说:“那种去掉肾脏等内脏再带走的情况,是不存在的。”「Ayampi amātā kātuṃ na sakkāti」指这一位也不能被当作不是母亲,因为她毕竟给予了儿子这样的身份,所以不能看作不是母亲。显示巴利原文
Nimujjanummujjanavasenāti jāṇuppamāṇe udake thokaṃyeva nimujjanummujjanavasena. Chaḍḍetvā palāyīti macchassa mukhasamīpeyeva chaḍḍetvā palāyi. Dārakassa tejenāti dārakassa puññatejena. Māriyamānāva marantīti daṇḍādīhi pothetvā māriyamānāva maranti, na jālena baddhatāmattena amāriyamānā. Nīhaṭamattova matoti nīhaṭakkhaṇeyeva mato. Tenassa māraṇatthaṃ upakkamo na kato, yena upakkamena dārakassa ābādho siyā. Tanti macchaṃ. Sakalamevāti avikalameva paripuṇṇāvayavameva. Na keḷāyatīti na nandati, kismiñci na maññati. Piṭṭhito phālentīti dārakassa puññatejena piṭṭhito phālentī. Bheriṃ carāpetvāti ‘‘puttaṃ labhi’’nti ugghosanavasena bheriṃ carāpetvā. Pakatiṃ ācikkhīti attano puttabhāvaṃ kathesi. Kucchiyā dhāritattā amātā kātuṃ na sakkāti jananībhāvato amātā kātuṃ na sakkā. Macchaṃ gaṇhantāpīti macchaṃ vikkiṇitvā gaṇhantāpi. Tathā gaṇhantā ca tappariyāpannaṃ sabbaṃ gaṇhanti nāmāti āha – ‘‘vakkayakanādīni bahi katvā gaṇhantā nāma natthī’’ti. Ayampi amātā kātuṃ na sakkāti dinnaputtabhāvato na sakkā.
庄严长老的故事显示巴利原文
Sobhitattheravatthu
227 第五个故事的意义十分浅显。显示巴利原文
227. Pañcamaṃ uttānatthameva.
优波离长老的故事显示巴利原文
Upālittheravatthu
228 第六是婆卢羯车事:据说,有位住在婆卢羯车地区的比丘,在梦中与前妻行了淫欲法,心想“我已不是沙门,我要还俗”。在前往婆卢羯车的半路上,他遇见尊者优波离,便将此事告知。尊者优波离这样说:“贤友,在梦中不算犯戒。”因为梦中之心并非面对真实对境,所以才如此说。因此,优波离长老以理趣裁决了这件世尊此前未裁决过的事。有个居士,有两个孩子:一个是儿子,一个是外甥。后来那居士患了病,便对尊者阿朱迦说:“尊者,这处财产,请您告知这两个孩子中那位有信心、得净信的人。”当时,居士的外甥有信心、得净信。于是尊者阿朱迦就把那处财产告知了这个孩子。那孩子用这些财产安顿了家业,并举办布施。过后,居士的儿子对尊者阿难说:“尊者阿难,谁是父亲的遗产继承人?是儿子还是外甥?”“贤友,儿子才是父亲的遗产继承人。”“尊者,尊者阿朱迦却把我们的财产判给了那个行淫欲的外甥。”“贤友,那位阿朱迦已经不是沙门了。”于是,尊者阿朱迦对尊者阿难说:“贤友阿难……”显示巴利原文
228. Chaṭṭhe bhārukacchakavatthunti aññataro kira bhārukacchadesavāsī bhikkhu supinante purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā ‘‘assamaṇo ahaṃ vibbhamissāmī’’ti bhārukacchaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ passitvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli, evamāha – ‘‘anāpatti, āvuso, supinantenā’’ti. Yasmā supinante avisayattā evaṃ hoti. Tasmā upālitthero bhagavatā avinicchitapubbampi imaṃ vatthuṃ nayaggāhena evaṃ vinicchini. Gahapatino dve dārakā honti putto ca bhāgineyyo ca. Atha so gahapati gilāno hutvā āyasmantaṃ ajjukaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, okāsaṃ yo imesaṃ dārakānaṃ saddho hoti pasanno, tassa ācikkheyyāsī’’ti. Tena ca samayena tassa ca gahapatino bhāgineyyo saddho hoti pasanno. Athāyasmā ajjuko taṃ okāsaṃ tassa dārakassa ācikkhi. So tena sāpateyyena kuṭumbañca saṇṭhapesi, dānañca paṭṭhapesi. Atha tassa gahapatino putto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante ānanda, pituno dāyajjo putto vā bhāgineyyo vā’’ti. Putto kho, āvuso, pituno dāyajjoti. Āyasmā, bhante, ayyo ajjuko amhākaṃ sāpateyyaṃ amhākaṃ methunakassa ācikkhīti. Assamaṇo, āvuso, so ajjukoti. Athāyasmā ajjuko āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dehi me, āvuso ānanda, vinicchaya’’nti. Te ubhopi upālittherassa santikaṃ agamaṃsu. Athāyasmā upāli, āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yo nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sāmikena ‘imaṃ okāsaṃ itthannāmassa ācikkhā’ti vutto, tassa ācikkhati, kiṃ so āpajjatī’’ti? Na, bhante, kiñci āpajjati antamaso dukkaṭamatthampīti. Ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā ajjuko sāmikena ‘‘imaṃ okāsaṃ itthannāmassa ācikkhā’’ti vutto tassa ācikkhati, anāpatti, āvuso, āyasmato ajjukassāti. Bhagavā taṃ sutvā ‘‘sukathitaṃ, bhikkhave, upālinā’’ti vatvā sādhukāramadāsi, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kumārakassapavatthu (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.217) pana heṭṭhā āgatameva.
「六释种」指六位刹帝利,即跋提释迦王、阿那律、阿难、跋祇、金毗罗与提婆达多这六位。「装饰者」意为妆饰者。「律文」指《破僧犍度》的律文(《小品》330 等)。显示巴利原文
Channaṃ khattiyānanti bhaddiyo sakyarājā anuruddho ānando bhagu kimilo devadattoti imesaṃ channaṃ khattiyānaṃ. Pasādhakoti maṇḍayitā. Pāḷiyanti saṅghabhedakkhandhakapāḷiyanti (cūḷava. 330 ādayo).
难陀迦长老的故事显示巴利原文
Nandakattheravatthu
229 第七个事中:「同一合会中」意为在一合会中、一集会中。其余容易理解。显示巴利原文
229. Sattame ekasamodhāneti ekasmiṃ samodhāne, ekasmiṃ sannipāteti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
难陀长老的故事显示巴利原文
Nandattheravatthu
230 第八个事中:「不是未以四种正知限定而去观察方向」,意思是:并非不依四种正知——义正知、适宜正知、行境正知、无痴正知——加以限定而去观察那个方向。因为那位尊者激发起精进与极强的惭愧心,心想:‘我正是因为从前不守护根门,才在教法中遭遇了不喜乐等种种过患,现在要好好制伏它。’又因他在这方面长期用功,其根门防护已达极致,故他从不离四种正知而观察一切方向。世尊也曾这样说:显示巴利原文
230. Aṭṭhame na taṃ catusampajaññavasena aparicchinditvā oloketīti sātthakasappāyagocaraasammohasampajaññasaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ sampajaññānaṃ vasena aparicchinditvā taṃ disaṃ na oloketi. So hi āyasmā ‘‘yamevāhaṃ indriyesu aguttadvārataṃ nissāya sāsane anabhiratiādivippakārappatto, tameva suṭṭhu niggahessāmī’’ti ussāhajāto balavahirottappo, tattha ca katādhikārattā indriyasaṃvaro ukkaṃsapāramippatto catusampajaññaṃ amuñcitvāva sabbadisaṃ āloketi. Vuttañcetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,若难陀需向东方观察,他便会先收摄一切心,然后观察东方:‘我这样观察东方时,贪欲、忧恼等不善法便不会随流而入。’如此,他于此保持正知。诸比丘,若难陀需向西方、北方、南方、上方、下方、四隅观察,也同样会先收摄一切心,再观察四隅:‘我这样观察四隅时……乃至……如此,他于此保持正知。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa puratthimā disā āloketabbā hoti, sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā nando puratthimaṃ disaṃ āloketi ‘evaṃ me puratthimaṃ disaṃ ālokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsavissantī’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa pacchimā disā, uttarā disā, dakkhiṇā disā, uddhaṃ, adho, anudisā anuviloketabbā hoti, sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā nando anudisaṃ anuviloketi ‘evaṃ me anudisaṃ anuvilokayato…pe… sampajāno hotī’’’ti (a. ni. 8.9).
“于灌顶、入新宅、迎娶等吉祥进行时”——此处说了三种吉祥;而律的注释中则说:“就在那一天,难陀王子有落发、束带、家宅吉祥、伞盖吉祥、迎娶吉祥,共五种吉祥。”其中,依家族传统剃除头发,称为落发;系上王储头带,称为束带;举行进入新宅的庆典,称为家宅吉祥;举行婚嫁盛大庆典,称为迎娶吉祥;举行王储伞盖的盛大庆典,称为伞盖吉祥。显示巴利原文
Abhisekagehapavesanaāvāhamaṅgalesuvattamānesūti idha tīṇi maṅgalāni vuttāni, vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘taṃ divasameva nandakumārassa kesavissajjanaṃ, paṭṭabandho, gharamaṅgalaṃ, chattamaṅgalaṃ, āvāhamaṅgalanti pañca maṅgalāni hontī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha kulamariyādavasena kesoropanaṃ kesavissajjanaṃ. Yuvarājapaṭṭabandhanaṃ paṭṭabandho. Abhinavagharappavesanamaho gharamaṅgalaṃ. Vivāhakaraṇamaho āvāhamaṅgalaṃ. Yuvarājachattamaho chattamaṅgalaṃ.
实际上,灌顶吉祥仪式本身并不像国中第一美女所说的那番话那样折磨难陀王子——应如此补充理解。为了显示那番话的具体情形,接着便说“持钵而去时”等。“国中第一美女”的意思是:地方上最美丽、最优秀的女子,她远离六种身相缺陷,具足五种美丽。此女既不太高、不太矮,又不太瘦、不太胖,不太黑也不太白皙——她的容色超过了普通人,却尚未达到天界容色的程度,因此远离六种身相缺陷。又因她具足“皮美丽、肉美丽、筋美丽、骨美丽、龄美丽”这五种美丽,故称为具足五种美丽。她无需外来的光来照亮,仅凭自身的光芒便能让十二肘范围内一片光明。她的肤色如同金色苜蓿或纯金,这是她的皮美丽。她的双手、双足和面颊顶端,犹如用紫胶精心涂饰过一般,又像红珊瑚或红毯那样,这是她的肉美丽。她的二十片指甲,在未离肉处,就像充满了紫胶汁似的;在离肉处,则如同道道乳汁,这是她的筋美丽。她的三十二颗牙齿,排列得像洗净的钻石般闪耀,这是她的骨美丽。即使到了一百岁,看上去也像十六岁的少女,脸庞没有皱纹,这是她的龄美丽。显示巴利原文
Nandakumāraṃ abhisekamaṅgalaṃ na tathā pīḷesi, yathā janapadakalyāṇiyā vuttavacananti ajjhāharitabbaṃ. Tadeva pana vacanaṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ – ‘‘pattaṃ ādāya gamanakāle’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Janapadakalyāṇīti janapadamhi kalyāṇī uttamā cha sarīradosarahitā pañca kalyāṇasamannāgatā. Sā hi yasmā nātidīghā nātirassā nātikisā nātithūlā nātikāḷī nāccodātāti atikkantā mānusavaṇṇaṃ, asampattā dibbavaṇṇaṃ, tasmā cha sarīradosarahitā. Chavikalyāṇaṃ maṃsakalyāṇaṃ nhārukalyāṇaṃ aṭṭhikalyāṇaṃ vayakalyāṇanti imehi pana kalyāṇehi samannāgatattā pañca kalyāṇasamannāgatā nāma. Tassā hi āgantukobhāsakiccaṃ natthi, attano sarīrobhāseneva dvādasahatthe ṭhāne ālokaṃ karoti, piyaṅgusāmā vā hoti suvaṇṇasāmā vā, ayamassā chavikalyāṇatā. Cattāro panassā hatthapādā mukhapariyosānañca lākhārasaparikammakataṃ viya rattapavāḷarattakambalasadisaṃ hoti, ayamassā maṃsakalyāṇatā. Vīsati pana nakhapattāni maṃsato amuttaṭṭhāne lākhārasapūritāni viya, muttaṭṭhāne khīradhārāsadisāni honti, ayamassā nhārukalyāṇatā. Dvattiṃsa dantā suphusitā sudhotavajirapanti viya khāyanti, ayamassā aṭṭhikalyāṇatā. Vīsaṃvassasatikāpi samānā soḷasavassuddesikā viya hoti nippalitena, ayamassā vayakalyāṇatā. Iti imehi pañcahi kalyāṇehi samannāgatattā ‘‘janapadakalyāṇī’’ti vuccati. Tuvaṭanti sīghaṃ.
据传,他出于对世尊的恭敬,不敢开口说“尊者,请接钵”,心中便这样思惟:“世尊会在阶梯顶端接钵吧。”导师并没有在那里接。他又想:“会在阶梯底部接钵吧。”导师也没有在那里接。他又想:“会在王宫庭院里接钵吧。”导师还是没有在那里接。正当他这样想着“会在这里接钵,会在那里接钵”时,导师便将他带回寺院,令他出家了。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne nivattessati, imasmiṃ ṭhāne nivattessatīti cintentamevāti so kira tathāgate gāravavasena ‘‘pattaṃ vo, bhante, gaṇhathā’’ti vattuṃ avisahanto evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘sopānasīse pattaṃ gaṇhissatī’’ti . Satthā tasmimpi ṭhāne na gaṇhi. Itaro ‘‘sopānapādamūle gaṇhissatī’’ti cintesi. Satthā tatthāpi na gaṇhi. Itaro ‘‘rājaṅgaṇe gaṇhissatī’’ti cintesi. Satthā tatthāpi na gaṇhi. Evaṃ ‘‘idha gaṇhissati, ettha gaṇhissatī’’ti cintentameva satthā vihāraṃ netvā pabbājesi.
大劫宾那长老事显示巴利原文
Mahākappinattheravatthu
231 第九首偈颂中,“以闻为财”是指喜爱听闻佛法。“守门人”即守门者。“以真实作证”即通过真实语的力量。当时导师心想:“愿莲华色前来。”莲华色长老尼来到后,令所有人出家,随后便去了比丘尼的住处。这段叙述是为了显示增支部诵者们所传的讲法脉络。因此在《法句经注·大劫宾那长老事》中也这样说:显示巴利原文
231. Navame sutavittakoti dhammassavanapiyo. Paṭihārakassāti dovārikassa. Saccakārenāti saccakiriyāya. Satthā ‘‘uppalavaṇṇā āgacchatū’’ti cintesi. Therī āgantvā sabbā pabbājetvā bhikkhunīupassayaṃ gatāti idaṃ aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggaṃ dassentena vuttaṃ. Teneva dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.mahākappinattheravatthu) vuttaṃ –
她们顶礼导师后,立于一旁,乞求出家。据说,当她们如此请求时,导师心想让莲华色前来——有一部分人这么说。然而,导师却对诸女居士说:“去舍卫城,到比丘尼的住处出家吧。”于是她们次第游行人间,沿途领受众人所献的恭敬与供养,步行整整一百由旬的路程,于比丘尼的住处出家后,证得了阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tā satthāraṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ ṭhitā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Evaṃ kira vutte satthā uppalavaṇṇāya āgamanaṃ cintesīti ekacce vadanti. Satthā pana tā upāsikāyo āha – ‘sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīupassaye pabbājethā’ti. Tā anupubbena janapadacārikaṃ caramānā antarāmagge mahājanena abhihaṭasakkārasammānā padasāva vīsayojanasatikaṃ maggaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīupassaye pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsū’’ti.
“Dhammapītī”(法喜)意为饮法者,也就是以法为饮的人。这里的“法”并非像用器皿喝粥那样可以被饮用,然而当人以名身触证九种出世间法,从所缘上证得,并以遍知等现观如实通达苦等圣谛时,便称得上饮法。至于“Sukhaṃ seti”(安乐而住),只是假说而已,意指于行、住、坐、卧四种威仪中皆得安乐。“Vippasannena”(以清净心)是指以无混浊、远离随烦恼的心。“Ariyappavedite”(于圣者所宣说中)是指于佛陀等圣者所宣说的、以念处等为分类的菩提分法中。“Sadā ramatī”(恒常喜乐)是说,像这样以清净心而住、具足智慧的人,恒常喜乐、愉悦。长老已舍断一切恶,故称之为“婆罗门”。显示巴利原文
Dhammapītīti dhammapāyako, dhammaṃ pivantoti attho. Dhammo ca nāmesa na sakkā bhājanena yāguādīni viya pātuṃ, navavidhaṃ pana lokuttaradhammaṃ nāmakāyena phusanto ārammaṇato sacchikaronto pariññābhisamayādīhi dukkhādīni ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhanto dhammaṃ pivati nāma. Sukhaṃ setīti desanāmattametaṃ, catūhipi iriyāpathehi sukhaṃ viharatīti attho. Vippasannenāti anāvilena nirupakkilesena. Ariyappavediteti buddhādīhi ariyehi pavedite satipaṭṭhānādibhede bodhipakkhiyadhamme. Sadā ramatīti evarūpo dhammapīti vippasannena cetasā viharanto paṇḍiccena samannāgato sadā ramati abhiramati. Bāhitapāpattā ‘‘brāhmaṇā’’ti theraṃ ālapati.
沙格达长老的故事。显示巴利原文
Sāgatattheravatthu
232 “由于六群比丘的话”指的是:据说,憍赏弥的在家近事男们前去拜见尊者娑伽陀,顶礼后站在一旁,这样问道:“尊者,圣者们难得且中意的东西是什么?我们应当准备些什么?”听到这话,六群比丘便对这些憍赏弥的近事男说:“贤友们,有一种名为‘鸽色清净’的饮料,比丘们很是难得,且十分中意,你们就去准备那个吧。”于是,憍赏弥的在家近事男们便在每家每户都备好了鸽色清净饮料。他们看见尊者娑伽陀正沿家托钵乞食,便说道:“尊者,请饮鸽色清净饮料吧!圣者娑伽陀,请饮鸽色清净饮料吧!”于是尊者娑伽陀逐户饮用了鸽色清净饮料,出城时,醉倒在城门口。因此文中说“由于六群比丘的话,在各家各户准备了鸽色清净饮料”等等。此处的“鸽色”是指颜色如同鸽子脚爪般泛红之物。“清净”是酒液最上层的同义词。“在律藏中起因”是说此事发生在饮酒学处中。显示巴利原文
232. Dasame chabbaggiyānaṃ vacanenāti kosambikā kira upāsakā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhitā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, ayyānaṃ dullabhañca manāpañca, kiṃ paṭiyādemā’’ti? Evaṃ vutte chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kosambike upāsake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘atthāvuso kāpotikā, nāma pasannā bhikkhūnaṃ dullabhā ca manāpā ca, taṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti. Atha kosambikā upāsakā ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ paṭiyādetvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pivatu, bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ, pivatu, bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasanna’’nti. Athāyasmā sāgato ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ pivitvā nagaramhā nikkhamanto nagaradvāre pati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘chabbaggiyānaṃ vacanena sabbagehesu kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ paṭiyādetvā’’tiādi. Tattha kāpotikā nāma kapotapādasamānavaṇṇā rattobhāsā. Pasannāti surāmaṇḍassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vinaye samuṭṭhitanti surāpānasikkhāpade (pāci. 326 ādayo) āgataṃ.
罗陀长老的故事。显示巴利原文
Rādhattheravatthu
233 在第十一偈中,“导师向舍利弗长老示意”的意思是:世尊示意让他去度那位婆罗门出家,亦即下达了命令。据说,世尊见到那位婆罗门因迟迟未能出家而变得消瘦、粗陋、面色憔悴、周身发黄,便问比丘们:“诸比丘,有谁记得那位婆罗门的恩惠?”这样问时,尊者舍利弗对世尊说:“世尊,我记得那位婆罗门的恩惠。”“舍利弗,你记得他什么恩惠?”“世尊,那位婆罗门曾在王舍城,向正在托钵的我布施了一满勺食物。世尊,我便记得他这一桩恩惠。”“善哉,善哉,舍利弗。舍利弗,知恩、报恩之人即是善士。如此,舍利弗,你便去度那位婆罗门出家,为其授具足戒吧。”此事记载于《无懈心本生经》的本事因缘中。显示巴利原文
233. Ekādasame satthā sāriputtattherassa saññaṃ adāsīti brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājetuṃ saññaṃ adāsi, āṇāpesīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavā kira taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbajjaṃ alabhitvā kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ disvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ko, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ saratī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sāriputta, brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasīti. Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi, imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino, tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehīti. Aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ āgatoti alīnacittajātakassa (jā. 1.2.11-12) aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ (jā. aṭṭha. 2.2.alīnacittajātakavaṇṇanā) āgato.
「Nidhīnaṃ」(诸宝藏)指埋在不同的地方、装满金银等物品的宝藏罐。「Pavattāraṃ」(指引者)犹如有人怜悯生活困苦的可怜人,将他们带到藏宝处,伸出手说:“来,我教你们安乐度日的方法。拿去吧,你们可以过上安乐的日子。”这样的人便是指引者。「Vajjadassiṃ」(能见过失者)有二种:一种是专挑他人过失的人,心想“我要藉他这不恰当之处或过失,在僧团中惩治他”;另一种则是为了使不知者了知、使已知者增进,怀着希望他戒行等增长的善意,而观察种种过失,本意在于济人。这里指的是后一种。就如同一个困苦可怜的穷人,即使被呵斥、拍打之后再为他指示宝藏,他也不会生气,反而满心欢喜。同样,遇到这种善意指出过失的人,当他指出不妥或过失之处时,不应生气,应当欢喜,甚至还应当主动请求:“尊者们,你们就像我的亲教师与戒师一样,教导了我,做了大功德。请继续教导我吧。”显示巴利原文
Nidhīnanti tattha tattha nidahitvā ṭhapitānaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇādipūrānaṃ nidhikumbhīnaṃ. Pavattāranti kicchajīvike duggatamanusse anukampaṃ katvā ‘‘ehi, te sukhena jīvanupāyaṃ dassessāmī’’ti nidhiṭṭhānaṃ netvā hatthaṃ pasāretvā ‘‘imaṃ gahetvā sukhaṃ jīvā’’ti ācikkhitāraṃ viya. Vajjadassinanti dve vajjadassino ‘‘iminā naṃ asāruppena vā khalitena vā saṅghamajjhe niggaṇhissāmī’’ti randhagavesako ca, anaññātaṃ ñāpanatthāya ñātaṃ anuggaṇhanatthāya sīlādīnamassa vuddhikāmatāya taṃ taṃ vajjaṃ olokanena ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhito ca. Ayaṃ idha adhippeto. Yathā hi duggatamanusso ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti tajjetvāpi pothetvāpi nidhiṃ dassente kopaṃ na karoti, pamuditova hoti, evamevaṃ evarūpe puggale asāruppaṃ vā khalitaṃ vā disvā ācikkhante kopo na kātabbo, tuṭṭheneva bhavitabbaṃ. ‘‘Bhante, mahantaṃ vo kammaṃ kataṃ mayhaṃ ācariyupajjhāyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā ovadantehi, punapi maṃ vadeyyāthā’’ti pavāretabbameva.
「Niggayhavādī」(呵责说者):有些人见到同住比丘等做了不恰当或有违犯的事,心想:“此人平时以端洗脸水等行动恭敬承事我,若我说他,他以后便不再承事,我就会有损失。”于是便不敢说,这不能称为呵责说者。他其实是在教法中倾撒垃圾。反之,若是有人见到那样的过失后,能随其过失的大小,以训诫、驱离、施罚、逐出寺院等方式进行呵责,这才叫呵责说者,正如正自觉者一般。经中也这样说:“阿难,我将通过一再呵责来说法;阿难,我将通过一再策励来说法。有根器的人,当能安住。”「Medhāviṃ」(智者)指具有以法为光的智慧之人。「Tādisaṃ」(那样的人)是说应当亲近、承事这样的智者。因为亲近这样善知识的学童,只会变得更好,不会变得更坏;只有增长,没有退堕。显示巴利原文
Niggayhavādinti ekacco hi saddhivihārikādīnaṃ asāruppaṃ vā khalitaṃ vā disvā ‘‘ayaṃ me mukhodakadānādīhi sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahati, sace naṃ vakkhāmi, na maṃ upaṭṭhahissati, evaṃ me parihāni bhavissatī’’ti taṃ vattuṃ avisahanto na niggayhavādī nāma hoti, so imasmiṃ sāsane kacavaraṃ ākirati. Yo pana tathārūpaṃ vajjaṃ disvā vajjānurūpaṃ tajjento paṇāmento daṇḍakammaṃ karonto vihārā nīharanto sikkhāpeti, ayaṃ niggayhavādī nāma seyyathāpi, sammāsambuddho. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘niggayha niggayhāhaṃ, ānanda, vakkhāmi, pavayha pavayha , ānanda, vakkhāmi, yo sāro, so ṭhassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.196). Medhāvinti dhammojapaññāya samannāgataṃ. Tādisanti evarūpaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhajeyya payirupāseyya. Tādisañhi ācariyaṃ bhajamānassa antevāsikassa seyyo hoti na pāpiyo, vaḍḍhiyeva hoti, no parihānīti.
摩伽罗阇长老的故事。显示巴利原文
Mogharājattheravatthu
234 「木飞行器城」指那座因木飞行器而得名的城市。据传,过去波罗奈城有一位木匠师傅,他独当一面,没有别的同行。他有十六位弟子,每位弟子又各带一千名学童。就这样,师徒学众共有一万六千零十七人,全都依波罗奈城维生。他们到山边采来木材,就在当地完成各种殿堂的模型,然后扎成木筏,顺着恒河运回波罗奈城。如果国王有需要,他们就为国王建造单层乃至七层的殿堂;如果国王不需要,便卖给他人,用来养活妻儿。后来有一天,师傅心想:‘单靠木匠手艺,终究无法长久维生,年纪一大,这活儿实在难以胜任。’于是他把学童们唤来说:‘孩子们,你们去取乌敦跋罗树这类木质不坚硬的树木来。’他们应诺后,便把树取了回来。师傅用这些木料制成一只木飞禽,自己钻进它的内部,借助风力驱动机关。那只木飞禽便如同金天鹅王一般腾空而起,在树林上空盘旋一圈,然后降落在学童们面前。显示巴利原文
234. Dvādasame kaṭṭhavāhananagareti kaṭṭhavāhanena gahitattā evaṃladdhanāmake nagare. Atīte kira bārāṇasivāsī eko rukkhavaḍḍhakī sake ācariyake adutiyo. Tassa soḷasa sissā ekamekassa sahassaṃ antevāsikā. Evaṃ te sattarasādhikā soḷasa sahassā ācariyantevāsikā sabbepi bārāṇasiṃ upanissāya jīvikaṃ kappentā pabbatasamīpaṃ gantvā rukkhe gahetvā tattheva nānāpāsādavikatiyo niṭṭhāpetvā kullaṃ bandhitvā gaṅgāya bārāṇasiṃ ānetvā sace rājā atthiko hoti, rañño ekabhūmakaṃ vā sattabhūmakaṃ vā pāsādaṃ yojetvā denti. No ce, aññesampi vikkiṇitvā puttadāraṃ posenti. Atha nesaṃ ekadivasaṃ ācariyo ‘‘na sakkā vaḍḍhakikammena niccaṃ jīvituṃ, dukkarañhi jarākāle etaṃ kamma’’nti cintetvā antevāsike āmantesi – ‘‘tātā, udumbarādayo appasārarukkhe ānethā’’ti. Te ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā ānayiṃsu. So tehi kaṭṭhasakuṇaṃ katvā tassabbhantaraṃ pavisitvā vātena yantaṃ pūresi. Kaṭṭhasakuṇo suvaṇṇahaṃsarājā viya ākāse laṅghitvā vanassa upari caritvā antevāsīnaṃ purato oruhi.
这时,老师对弟子们说:“孩子们,依此做成木制运载工具,便能夺取整个赡部洲的王权。你们也照样去做吧。夺得了王权,我们方能安身,靠木匠手艺过活实在不易。”他们照办后,回禀老师。老师便问:“孩子们,我们夺取哪个王国呢?”“老师,夺取波罗奈国。”老师说:“不必了,孩子们,莫贪图那里。纵使得了,我们也脱不去‘木匠王’‘木匠王子’之类的称呼。赡部洲高广,我们到别处去吧。”于是,他们带上妻儿,登上木制运载工具,全副武装,朝雪山方向进发,进入雪山的一座城,径直降落在王宫之中。他们在那里夺取了王权,为老师灌顶,拥立为王。老师由此以‘木运载工具王’之名广为人知,那座城也因被他占据,得名‘木运载工具城’。显示巴利原文
Athācariyo sisse āha – ‘‘tātā īdisāni kaṭṭhavāhanāni katvā sakkā sakalajambudīpe rajje gahetuṃ, tumhepi tātā etāni karotha, rajjaṃ gahetvā jīvissāma, dukkaraṃ vaḍḍhakisippena jīvitu’’nti. Te tathā katvā ācariyassa paṭivedesuṃ. Tato ne ācariyo āha – ‘‘katamaṃ tātā rajjaṃ gaṇhāmā’’ti? Bārāṇasirajjaṃ ācariyāti. Alaṃ tātā, mā etaṃ rucittha, mayañhi taṃ gahetvāpi ‘‘vaḍḍhakirājā, vaḍḍhakiyuvarājā’’ti vaḍḍhakivādā na muccissāma, mahanto jambudīpo, aññattha gacchāmāti. Tato saputtadārakā kaṭṭhavāhanāni abhiruhitvā sajjāvudhā hutvā himavantābhimukhā gantvā himavati aññataraṃ nagaraṃ pavisitvā rañño nivesaneyeva paccuṭṭhaṃsu. Te tattha rajjaṃ gahetvā ācariyaṃ rajje abhisiñciṃsu. So ‘‘kaṭṭhavāhano rājā’’ti pākaṭo ahosi, taṃ nagaraṃ tena gahitattā ‘‘kaṭṭhavāhananagara’’nteva nāmaṃ labhi.
“修苦行”即修习苦行。“在石塔庙”:他坐在那块因得名“石塔庙”的扁平石上,也就是帝释天所造大华盖殿堂里的那块扁平石上。据说,过去大石之上曾是天神居处,世尊出现后,便成了一座寺院,因此沿用旧称,仍叫“石塔庙”。显示巴利原文
Tapacāranti tapacaraṇaṃ. Pāsāṇacetiye piṭṭhipāsāṇe nisīdīti pāsāṇakacetiyanti laddhavohāre piṭṭhipāsāṇe sakkena māpite mahāmaṇḍape nisīdi. Tattha kira mahato pāsāṇassa upari pubbe devaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi, uppanne pana bhagavati vihāro jāto, so teneva purimavohārena ‘‘pāsāṇacetiya’’nti vuccati.
他被问后,便以第二人的身份向导师提问:显示巴利原文
Tenapucchite dutiyo hutvā satthāraṃ pañhaṃ pucchīti –
‘‘Muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañca, bāvarī paripucchati; Taṃ byākarohi bhagavā, kaṅkhaṃ vinaya no ise’’ti. (su. ni. 1031) –
他如此提问后,世尊便解答道:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tena pañhe pucchite bhagavatā ca –
与信、念、定相应,并与欲、精进俱行。”(《经集》1032)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Avijjā muddhāti jānāhi, vijjā muddhādhipātinī; Saddhāsatisamādhīhi, chandavīriyena saṃyutā’’ti. (su. ni. 1032) –
问题解答之后,他又接着提出了一个问题。显示巴利原文
Pañhe vissajjite dutiyo hutvā pañhaṃ pucchi.
于是,……(略)……,他提出了这个问题:显示巴利原文
Athassa…pe… pañhaṃ kathesīti –
“死神之王看不见怎样观察世间的人?”(《经集》1124)显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti. (su. ni. 1124) –
这样提问后:显示巴利原文
Tena pañhe pucchite –
摩伽罗阇,你应当恒持正念,以空观照世间;
拔除我见后,便能如此超越死亡;
这样观照世间的人,死神之王不能得见。”(《经集》1125)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato; Attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā; Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti. (su. ni. 1125) –
他便解答了那个问题。显示巴利原文
Pañhaṃ vissajjesi.
「其余人」:指在那集会中聚集的其余众人。「不被说」:即不被说成“有这么多位入流者”等言辞。如是,此事缘于《彼岸道品》中兴起,也就是说,这是《彼岸道品》中所出现的一个事缘。显示巴利原文
Sesajanāti tasmiṃ samāgame sannipatitā sesajanā. Na kathīyantīti ‘‘ettakā sotāpannā’’tiādinā na vuccanti. Evaṃ pārāyane vatthu samuṭṭhitanti pārāyanavagge idaṃ vatthu samuṭṭhitaṃ.
第十四 最上品显示巴利原文
14. Etadaggavaggo
(十四)五 第五最上品的注释显示巴利原文
(14) 5. Pañcamaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
大爱道长老尼的事迹显示巴利原文
Mahāpajāpatigotamītherīvatthu
235 在《长老尼巴利》注释的第一部分,「yadidaṃ mahāgotamī」(所谓大乔达弥)一句,亦有读作「yadidaṃ mahāpajāpati gotamī」(所谓摩诃波阇波提·乔达弥)的。其中,「gotamī」为姓。在命名日,受礼遇的婆罗门们见其相好具足,便预言道:‘若生女,当为转轮王之王妃;若生男,当为转轮王。’无论生女或生男,他们都预言‘其后代必定极为广大’。因此,由于儿女后代皆广大,她被称为「摩诃波阇波提」(大生主)。合二者,即称「摩诃波阇波提·乔达弥」。「Vārabhikkhaṃ」(次第乞食)意为依家次第接受施食。「取名」即是以姓作为她的名字。「Mātucchā」(姨母)此处指继母,母亲的姐妹通常称为姨母。「在《争论经》的结尾」:这是指《经集》中的《争论经》(Suttanipāta 868ff.),该经以‘诸诤与论,从何而生?’等偈开端,此处指其结尾部分。显示巴利原文
235. Theripāḷisaṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhame yadidaṃ mahāgotamīti ettha ‘‘yadidaṃ mahāpajāpati gotamī’’ti ca paṭhanti. Tattha gotamīti gottaṃ. Nāmakaraṇadivase panassā laddhasakkārā brāhmaṇā lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘sace ayaṃ dhītaraṃ labhissati, cakkavattirañño mahesī bhavissati. Sace puttaṃ labhissati, cakkavattirājā bhavissatī’’ti ubhayathāpi ‘‘mahatīyevassā pajā bhavissatī’’ti byākariṃsu, tasmā puttapajāya ceva dhītupajāya ca mahantatāya ‘‘mahāpajāpatī’’ti vohariṃsu. Tadubhayaṃ pana saṃsandetvā ‘‘mahāpajāpatigotamī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vārabhikkhanti vārena dātabbaṃ bhikkhaṃ. Nāmaṃ akaṃsūti gottaṃyeva nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Mātucchanti cūḷamātaraṃ. Mātubhaginī hi mātucchāti vuccati. Kalahavivādasuttapariyosāneti ‘‘kutopahūtā kalahā vivādā’’tiādinā suttanipāte āgatassa kalahavivādasuttassa (su. ni. 868 ādayo) pariyosāne. Idañca aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggānusārena vuttaṃ. Apare pana ‘‘tasmiṃyeva suttanipāte ‘attadaṇḍābhayaṃ jāta’ntiādinā āgatassa attadaṇḍasuttassa (su. ni. 941 ādayo) pariyosāne’’ti vadanti. Nikkhamitvā pabbajitānanti ettha ehibhikkhupabbajjāya ete pabbajitāti vadanti. Teneva suttanipāte attadaṇḍasuttasaṃvaṇṇanāya (su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.942 ādayo) vuttaṃ – ‘‘desanāpariyosāne pañcasatā sākiyakumārā koḷiyakumārā ca ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitā. Te gahetvā bhagavā mahāvanaṃ pāvisī’’ti. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
谶摩长老尼的故事显示巴利原文
Khemātherīvatthu
236 第二项中,「成为属他者」(parapariyāpannā hutvā)意为成为他人的奴婢。「成为金汁器」(suvaṇṇarasapiñjaro ahosi)意谓如同金汁器一般。显示巴利原文
236. Dutiye parapariyāpannā hutvāti paresaṃ dāsī hutvā. Suvaṇṇarasapiñjaro ahosīti suvaṇṇarasapiñjaro viya ahosi.
「蜘蛛网」(makkaṭakovajālaṃ):犹如蜘蛛结好丝网后,卧于中央脐处,若有小虫或苍蝇落于网边,它便迅速冲去刺中它们,吸饮其汁,再回到原处卧下。同样地,那些为贪欲所染、为嗔恚所害、为愚痴所迷的有情,追随自作的渴爱之流,不能超越它,它便如此难以超越。「智者断此而离去」(Etampi chetvāna vajanti dhīrā)意为:智者们断除此束缚后,无欲、无求、无依、无著,借由阿罗汉道断一切苦而去、前行。显示巴利原文
Makkaṭakovajālanti yathā nāma makkaṭako suttajālaṃ katvā majjhaṭṭhāne nābhimaṇḍale nipanno pariyante patitaṃ paṭaṅgaṃ vā makkhikaṃ vā vegena gantvā vijjhitvā tassa rasaṃ pivitvā punāgantvā tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne nipajjati, evameva ye sattā rāgarattā dosapaduṭṭhā mohamūḷhā sayaṃkataṃ taṇhāsotaṃ anupatanti, te taṃ samatikkamituṃ na sakkonti, evaṃ duratikkamaṃ. Etampi chetvāna vajanti dhīrāti paṇḍitā etaṃ bandhanaṃ chinditvā anapekkhino nirālayā hutvā arahattamaggena sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ pahāya vajanti gacchantīti attho.
莲华色长老尼的故事显示巴利原文
Uppalavaṇṇātherīvatthu
237 第三偈的含义仅浅显明白。显示巴利原文
237. Tatiyaṃ uttānatthameva.
波吒左罗长老尼的故事显示巴利原文
Paṭācārātherīvatthu
238 第四偈中,「以百种神变」即是「以百门」。因为“神变”(paṭihāra)一词也见于“门”和“守门人”的含义中。「同族」是指自己家宅附近。显示巴利原文
238. Catutthe paṭihārasatenapīti dvārasatenapi. Paṭihārasaddo hi dvāre dovārike ca dissati. Kulasabhāganti attano gehasamīpaṃ.
「救护」(tāṇāya):救护的状态,依止安立之义。「亲族」(bandhavā):除子女与父亲之外,其余的亲属与善友。「为死神所侵袭者」(antakenādhipannassa):被死亡所征服的人。在世间,子女等亲属虽能通过施与饮食、帮助现前事务而成为救护,但于临终之时,以任何方法都无法遮止死亡;因此,为求救护、求庇护的义而言,他们实非救护。故说:「在亲属之中并没有救护。」显示巴利原文
Tāṇāyāti tāṇabhāvāya patiṭṭhānatthāya. Bandhavāti putte ca pitaro ca ṭhapetvā avasesā ñātisuhajjā. Antakenādhipannassāti maraṇena abhibhūtassa. Pavattiyañhi puttādayo annapānādidānena ceva uppannakiccanittharaṇena ca tāṇā hutvāpi maraṇakāle kenaci upāyena maraṇaṃ paṭibāhituṃ asamatthatāya tāṇatthāya leṇatthāya na santi nāma. Teneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘natthi ñātīsu tāṇatā’’ti.
“了知此义利后”:智者了知他们彼此之间不能成为救护的这种无能状态之因后,以四遍清净戒自制、防护、守护,迅速清净通往涅槃的八支圣道——这便是此句的义旨。显示巴利原文
Etamatthavasanti etaṃ tesaṃ aññamaññassa tāṇaṃ bhavituṃ asamatthabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ kāraṇaṃ jānitvā paṇḍito catupārisuddhisīlena saṃvuto rakkhitagopito hutvā nibbānagamanaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sīghaṃ sodheyyāti attho.
法乐长老尼的故事显示巴利原文
Dhammadinnātherīvatthu
239 第五偈中,“于他人支配之处”:指寄身于他人家的婢女处境。据说,她曾卖掉自己的头发,供养名为善生的上首弟子长老,并以此发愿。此句正是针对这段因缘而说。“向伸出的手”:指为扶持他,依于往昔习惯而伸出的手。据说,那位居士证得阿那含果后回家时,不似往日般左顾右盼、含笑而来,而是未发笑、诸根寂静、心意寂静。法乐打开狮窗,望向街道,见到他这般模样,心想:“这是怎么回事?”于是出门迎接,站在阶梯顶端,伸手想扶持他。居士却收回了自己的手。她心想:“到用餐时便可知晓。”这位居士以往都和她一起用餐,但那一天他未加理睬,独自进食,如同一位禅修的比丘。因此有说:“即使在吃饭时,也不说‘拿这个,撤那个’。”其中,“拿这个”指“给这个嚼食或主食”,“撤那个”指“撤除这个嚼食或主食”。“由于亲近的惯习”:是指由于烦恼的亲密惯习。犹如瓶中长久燃烧的灯焰,其内部炽燃,她被内在的炽燃因缘所驱动,于是说道:“既然如此……那么请允许我出家吧。”显示巴利原文
239. Pañcame parāyattaṭṭhāneti paresaṃ dāsiṭṭhāne. Sujātattherassa adhikārakammaṃ katvāti sā kira attano kese vikkiṇitvā sujātattherassa nāma aggasāvakassa dānaṃ datvā patthanaṃ akāsi . Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Hatthe pasāriteti tassa hatthāvalambanatthaṃ pubbāciṇṇavasena hatthe pasārite. So kira anāgāmī hutvā gehaṃ āgacchanto yathā aññesu divasesu ito cito ca olokento sitaṃ kurumāno hasamāno āgacchati, evaṃ anāgantvā santindriyo santamānaso hutvā agamāsi. Dhammadinnā sīhapañjaraṃ ugghāṭetvā vīthiṃ olokayamānā tassa āgamanākāraṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho eta’’nti cintetvā tassa paccuggamanaṃ kurumānā sopānasīse ṭhatvā olambanatthaṃ hatthaṃ pasāresi. Upāsako attano hatthaṃ samiñjesi. Sā ‘‘pātarāsabhojanakāle jānissāmī’’ti cintesi. Upāsako pubbe tāya saddhiṃ ekato bhuñjati. Taṃ divasaṃ pana taṃ anapaloketvā yogāvacarabhikkhu viya ekakova bhuñji. Tenāha – ‘‘bhuñjamānopi imaṃ detha, imaṃ harathāti na byāharī’’ti. Tattha imaṃ dethāti imaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā detha. Imaṃ harathāti imaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā apaharatha. Santhavavasenāti kilesasanthavavasena. Cirakālaparibhāvitāya ghaṭadīpajālāya viya abbhantare dibbamānāya hetusampattiyā codiyamānā āha – ‘‘evaṃ sante…pe… mayhaṃ pabbajjaṃ anujānāthā’’ti.
“这位居士仅安住家中,便已作苦之边际。”——据说,当他说:“法乐,你并没有过失,但从今日起,出于亲近惯习……我将前往本家。”她听闻后思惟:“一个普通的凡夫绝不可能说出这样的话,他必定是证得了出世间法。”于是她心生此念:“这位居士仅安住家中,便已作苦之边际。”又据《中部义注》记载:他心想:“‘那么,你为什么连像往常那样的寻常寒暄都不做了呢?’这出世间法沉重而广博,不宜轻易向人宣说;但若不告诉她,她定会心碎而死。”为摄受她,他便告诉她:“法乐,我听闻大师佛陀的说法后,已证悟所谓的出世间法。对于已证悟此法的人来说,这类世俗的行为已不合时宜了。”显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ tāva seṭṭhi gharamajjhe ṭhitova dukkhassantaṃ akāsīti sā kira ‘‘dhammadinne tuyhaṃ doso natthi, ahaṃ pana ajja paṭṭhāya santhavavasena…pe… kulagharaṃ gacchā’’ti vutte evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘pakatipuriso evaṃ vattā nāma natthi, addhā etena lokuttaradhammo nāma paṭividdho’’ti. Tenassā ayaṃ saṅkappo ahosi ‘‘ayaṃ tāva seṭṭhi gharamajjhe ṭhitova dukkhassantaṃ akāsī’’ti. Majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.460) pana ‘‘atha kasmā mayā saddhiṃ yathāpakatiyā ālāpasallāpamattampi na karothāti so cintesi – ‘ayaṃ lokuttaradhammo nāma garu bhāriyo na pakāsetabbo; sace kho panāhaṃ na kathessāmi, ayaṃ hadayaṃ phāletvā ettheva kālaṃ kareyyā’ti tassā anuggahatthāya kathesi – ‘dhammadinne ahaṃ satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā lokuttaradhammaṃ nāma adhigato, taṃ adhigatassa evarūpā lokiyakiriyā na vaṭṭatī’’’ti vuttaṃ.
她从五蕴等角度提问,如《小方广经》所说:“圣尼,常说‘有身、有身’,圣尼,世尊所说的有身究竟是指什么呢?”等等。对所问的每一问题,她都依所示方式解答:“毗舍佉贤友,世尊说,这五种取蕴就是有身。”等等。‘敏锐’指犀利。于尚未证得阿拉汉道者,若不通过领受,那个问题便不会在心中现起,因此说:‘凭藉领受的力量,她甚至对阿拉汉道提出了质询。’‘她制止了那个问题’:当被问到“圣尼,那么解脱以什么为对应呢?”她回答:“毗舍佉贤友,解脱以涅槃为对应。”接着又被追问:“圣尼,那么涅槃以什么为对应呢?”这时,她便制止了那个问题,说道:“毗舍佉贤友,你问过头了!”等等。在此,‘你问过头了’的意思是:你问了不该问的,成了一个逾越问题界限的人。‘他无法把握问题的边际’是指他无法把握问题的界限与分寸。因为他未在适合把握问题界限处停下,却继续追问,所以无法把握问题的边际。他询问了一个无对应之法的对应物。所谓涅槃,本来就是无对应的,无法用青、黄等任何一种法来作为对应物加以显示,而你却怀有想为它寻找对应物的意图。显示巴利原文
Pañcakkhandhādivasena pañhe pucchīti ‘‘sakkāyo sakkāyoti ayye vuccati, katamo nu kho ayye sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā’’tiādinā cūḷavedallasutte (ma. ni. 1.460 ādayo) āgatanayena pucchi. Pucchitaṃ pucchitaṃ vissajjesīti ‘‘pañca kho ime, āvuso visākha, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.460 ādayo) tattheva āgatanayena vissajjesi. Sūrabhāvanti tikkhabhāvaṃ. Anadhigataarahattamaggassa uggahena vinā tattha pañho na upaṭṭhātīti āha – ‘‘uggahavasena arahattamaggepi pucchī’’ti. Taṃ nivattentīti ‘‘vimuttiyā panāyye kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti pucchite ‘‘vimuttiyā kho, āvuso visākha, nibbānaṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.466) vutte ‘‘nibbānassa, panāyye, kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti puna pucchite taṃ nivattentī ‘‘accasarāvusovisākhā’’tiādimāha. Tattha accasarāti apucchitabbaṃ pucchanto pañhaṃ atikkāmitā ahosīti attho. Nāsakkhi pañhānaṃ pariyantaṃ gahetunti pañhānaṃ paricchedappamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ nāsakkhi. Pañhānañhi paricchedaṃ gahetuṃ yuttaṭṭhāne aṭṭhatvā tato paraṃ pucchanto nāsakkhi pañhānaṃ pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. Appaṭibhāgadhammassa ca paṭibhāgaṃ pucchi. Nibbānaṃ nāmetaṃ appaṭibhāgaṃ, na sakkā nīlaṃ vā pītakaṃ vāti kenaci dhammena saddhiṃ paṭibhāgaṃ katvā dassetuṃ, tañca tvaṃ iminā adhippāyena pucchasīti attho. Nibbānogadhanti nibbānaṃ ogāhetvā ṭhitaṃ, nibbānantogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ anuppaviṭṭhanti attho. Nibbānaparāyaṇanti nibbānaṃ paraṃ ayanamassa parāgati, na tato paraṃ gacchatīti attho. Nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṃ avasānaṃ assāti nibbānapariyosānaṃ.
「前」指过去诸蕴。「后」指未来诸蕴。「中」指现在诸蕴。「无所执着的人」:若有人在这三时诸蕴中,没有那名为渴爱执取的执着,那么此人因无贪等执着、无任何抓取,而成为无所执着、无所取著的人,我便称他为「婆罗门」。这是此句的意义。显示巴利原文
Pureti atītesu khandhesu. Pacchāti anāgatesu khandhesu. Majjheti paccuppannesu khandhesu. Akiñcananti yassa etesu tīsu taṇhāgāhasaṅkhātaṃ kiñcanaṃ natthi, tamahaṃ rāgakiñcanādīhi akiñcanaṃ kassaci gahaṇassa abhāvena anādānaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
「智者」指具备通晓界、处等善巧之智慧的人。有如此之语——显示巴利原文
Paṇḍitāti dhātuāyatanādikusalatāsaṅkhātena paṇḍiccena samannāgatā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
尊者,比丘要具足何等条件方可称为智者?阿难,当比丘通晓界、通晓处、通晓缘起、通晓是处非处时,达到这个程度,阿难,此比丘便可称为智者。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, paṇḍito hoti? Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu dhātukusalo ca hoti āyatanakusalo ca paṭiccasamuppādakusalo ca ṭhānāṭṭhānakusalo ca, ettāvatā kho, ānanda, bhikkhu paṇḍito hotī’’ti.
“大慧”:指具备能把握广大义理、广大法、广大言辞、广大辩才的智慧。因这位长老尼证得无学无碍解,圆满安住于无碍解,故其智慧广大。“如法乐所记”意为:如同法乐比丘尼所解说,我也将同样解说。“ti”为语助词。显示巴利原文
Mahāpaññāti mahante atthe mahante dhamme mahantā niruttiyo mahantāni paṭibhānāni pariggahaṇe samatthāya paññāya samannāgatā. Imissā hi theriyā asekkhappaṭisambhidāppattatāya paṭisambhidāyo pūretvā ṭhitatāya paññāmahattaṃ. Yathā taṃ dhammadinnāyāti yathā dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā byākataṃ, ahaṃ evameva byākareyyanti attho. Tanti nipātamatthaṃ.
难陀长老尼的故事显示巴利原文
Nandātherīvatthu
240 240.第六偈:“不见余道”意为不见他途。“放心”指无所疑虑。“女相”即女人之净相,谓可爱容貌。于《法句》中说完此偈后——显示巴利原文
240. Chaṭṭhe aññaṃ maggaṃ apassantīti aññaṃ upāyaṃ apassantī. Vissatthāti nirāsaṅkā. Itthinimittanti itthiyā subhanimittaṃ, subhākāranti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhammapade gāthaṃ vatvāti –
‘‘Aṭṭhīnaṃ nagaraṃ kataṃ, maṃsalohitalepanaṃ; Yattha jarā ca maccu ca, māno makkho ca ohito’’ti. (dha. pa. 150) –
说完此偈。其含义如下:如同人们为储藏谷物等,竖立木柱,缚以藤蔓,涂上泥土,于外建成名为“城”的房屋;同样,内在也以三百骨为柱,筋腱捆缚,涂以血肉,覆以皮肤,为储藏带有衰老相之老、带有死亡相之死、依健康圆满等缘而生的慢,以及毁坏善行功德的覆藏,而造了此城。实则这里所储藏的,正是这些身心之患,除此之外,别无可执取者。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – yatheva hi pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇādīnaṃ odahanatthāya kaṭṭhāni ussāpetvā vallīhi bandhitvā mattikāya vilimpitvā nagarasaṅkhātaṃ bahiddhā gehaṃ karonti, evamidaṃ ajjhattikampi tīṇi aṭṭhisatāni ussāpetvā nhāruvinaddhaṃ maṃsalohitalepanaṃ tacapaṭicchannaṃ jīraṇalakkhaṇāya jarāya maraṇalakkhaṇassa maccuno ārogyasampadādīni paṭicca uppajjanalakkhaṇassa mānassa sukatakāraṇavināsanalakkhaṇassa makkhassa ca odahanatthāya nagaraṃ kataṃ. Evarūpo eva hi ettha kāyikacetasiko ābādho ohito, ito uddhaṃ kiñci gayhūpagaṃ natthīti.
开示了经教。显示巴利原文
Suttaṃ abhāsīti –
或行、或立、或坐、或卧之时;
弯曲与伸展,这便是身体的运动。
骨与筋腱相连,外覆皮肉;
身被皮肤所覆,故不能如实得见。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Caraṃ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṃ, nisinno uda vā sayaṃ; Samiñjeti pasāreti, esā kāyassa iñjanā. ‘‘Aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto, tacamaṃsāvalepano; Chaviyā kāyo paṭicchanno, yathābhūtaṃ na dissatī’’ti. (su. ni. 195-196) –
以这些偈颂为开端,宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
Ādinā suttamabhāsi.
索那长老尼的事迹显示巴利原文
Soṇātherīvatthu
241 第七个故事:应知,她令所有儿女各自分家独立后,心想:“儿子们自会照顾我,我又何必单独留一份家产呢?”于是把全部财物也都分给了他们。正因如此,从那以后,儿女们来到她身边时,连她是母亲的念头都未曾生起。果然,没过几天,长子的妻子说:“哎哟,我们那位大少爷对我可真偏爱,就好像多分了两份似的,老是往这边跑。”其他儿子的妻子也都这样说。当她前往长女等女儿们的家时,她们也同样抱怨。她遭受轻慢后,心想:“我在这取子棋住着有什么用?不如出家做比丘尼。”于是前往比丘尼精舍请求出家,她们便让她出家了。为说明此事,记述者说:“多子索那看出儿女们对自己不恭敬,心想:‘过在家生活有什么用呢?’便离家出家了。”显示巴利原文
241. Sattame sabbepi visuṃ visuṃ gharāvāse patiṭṭhāpesīti ettha sabbepi visuṃ visuṃ gharāvāse patiṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘puttāva maṃ paṭijaggissanti, kiṃ me visuṃ kuṭumbenā’’ti sabbaṃ sāpateyyampi vibhajitvā adāsīti veditabbaṃ. Teneva hi tato paṭṭhāya ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ kiṃ karissatī’’ti attano santikaṃ āgataṃ ‘‘mātā’’ti saññampi na kariṃsu. Tathā hi naṃ katipāhaccayena jeṭṭhaputtassa bhariyā ‘‘aho amhākaṃ ayaṃ jeṭṭheputto meti dve koṭṭhāse datvā viya imameva gehaṃ āgacchatī’’ti āha. Sesaputtānaṃ bhariyāyopi evamevaṃ vadiṃsu. Jeṭṭhadhītaraṃ ādiṃ katvā tāsaṃ gehaṃ gatakāle tāpi naṃ evameva vadiṃsu. Sā avamānappattā hutvā ‘‘kiṃ me imesaṃ santike vutthena, bhikkhunī hutvā jīvissāmī’’ti bhikkhunīupassayaṃ gantvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, tā naṃ pabbājesuṃ. Imameva vatthuṃ dassento ‘‘bahuputtikasoṇā tesaṃ attani agāravabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘gharāvāsena kiṃ karissāmī’ti nikkhamitvā pabbajī’’ti āha.
“前往精舍”:指前去比丘精舍的比丘尼们。“无上法”:指九种出世间法。之所以称为无上法,是因为若有人不得见此此法,即使活到一百岁,也不如能见到此法、通达此法而活一日、一刹那的人。“外来人”:这是指来到精舍的比丘尼众而说。“不细察”:即不加留意。显示巴利原文
Vihāraṃ gacchantiyoti bhikkhuvihāraṃ gacchantiyo. Dhammamuttamanti navavidhalokuttaradhammaṃ. So hi uttamadhammo nāma yo hi taṃ na passati, tassa vassasatampi jīvanato taṃ dhammaṃ passantassa paṭivijjhantassa ekāhampi ekakkhaṇampi jīvitaṃ seyyo. Āgantukajanoti vihāragataṃ bhikkhunījanaṃ sandhāya vadati. Anupadhāretvāti asallakkhetvā.
巴古拉长老尼的事迹显示巴利原文
Bakulātherīvatthu
242 第八个故事文义显明。显示巴利原文
242. Aṭṭhamaṃ uttānatthameva.
昆达拉克萨长老尼的事缘显示巴利原文
Kuṇḍalakesātherīvatthu
243 第九首偈颂中,“四衢”即十字路口。四者合集,名为“四集”。“从牢狱”指从那束缚人的牢狱中。“解救出”意为拔出、救脱。显示巴利原文
243. Navame catukketi vīthicatukke. Catunnaṃ samāhāro catukkaṃ. Cārakatoti bandhanāgārato. Ubbaṭṭetvāti uddharitvā.
“乃至须臾间能思惟”:意即,即便是在一刹那那么短暂的时间里,也能依止那适时生起的智慧,如理作意契合当下的义理。“纵使有千偈,汇集无义语”:此偈是世尊对达路吉利亚长老所说,此处亦引用了同一偈颂。在《长老尼偈注疏》中,阿阇黎法护长老于昆达拉克萨长老尼的事缘中也曾引用此偈,只是《法句经注疏》的昆达拉克萨长老尼事缘中——显示巴利原文
Muhuttamapi cintayeti muhuttaṃ taṅkhaṇampi ṭhānuppattikapaññāya taṅkhaṇānurūpaṃ atthaṃ cintituṃ sakkuṇeyya. Sahassamapi ce gāthā, anatthapadasaṃhitāti ayaṃ gāthā dārucīriyattherassa bhagavatā bhāsitā, idhāpi ca sāyeva gāthā dassitā. Therigāthāsaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ācariyadhammapālattherenapi kuṇḍalakesittheriyā vatthumhi ayameva gāthā vuttā. Dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana kuṇḍalakesittheriyā vatthumhi –
「纵有人宣说百千偈颂,却通篇汇集无义之语;」
不如只受持一首法偈,听闻之后,心得寂静。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ca gāthāsataṃ bhāse, anatthapadasaṃhitā; Ekaṃ dhammapadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammatī’’ti. (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.102) –
此处引用了这首偈颂。这只是依随各位诵者各自的传承说法,在不同地方作相应的解说,因此不应质疑阿阇黎于此有前后矛盾。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ gāthā āgatā. Taṃtaṃbhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggānusārena tattha tattha tathā vuttanti na idha ācariyassa pubbāparavirodho saṅkitabbo.
跋陀·迦毗罗尼长老尼与跋陀·迦旃延长老尼的事缘显示巴利原文
Bhaddākāpilānītherī-bhaddākaccānātherīvatthu
244-245 第十首与第十一首偈,其义浅显易明。显示巴利原文
244-245. Dasamaṃ ekādasamañca uttānatthameva.
翅舍·乔达弥长老尼的故事。显示巴利原文
Kisāgotamītherīvatthu
246 在第十二首偈中,“以三种粗劣”是指衣的粗劣、线的粗劣和染料的粗劣,这三种合称粗劣。“成就义”即指芥子。显示巴利原文
246. Dvādasame tīhi lūkhehīti vatthalūkhasuttalūkharajanalūkhasaṅkhātehi tīhi lūkhehi. Siddhatthakanti sāsapabījaṃ.
“彼为人,因儿女、牲畜而陶醉”:指那人得到了具足美貌、力量等优越条件的儿女和牲畜之后,心中想道:“我的儿子们相貌堂堂、身强力壮、聪明能干,一切事皆能胜任;我的公牛无病、壮美,能驮起重担;我的母牛产奶极多。”如此因儿女与牲畜而陶醉的人。
“心被系着”:指心对于眼所识等所缘,对于金钱等财物,或者对于已得的钵与衣等,在每一件所得之物上粘着、系缚,不能放下。
“沉睡的村庄”:指已进入睡眠状态的有情聚集之处。
“犹如大洪水”:犹如大河的洪水又深又广,将整个村庄连同狗在内全部冲走,无一剩余;同样地,死亡也会如此把那类人全部带走,即是此义。
“不死之境”:指没有死亡之处,也就是无死的大般涅槃,这是其含义。
此处其余的意义都很明白。显示巴利原文
Taṃ puttapasusammattanti taṃ rūpabalādisampanne putte ca pasū ca labhitvā ‘‘mama puttā abhirūpā balasampannā paṇḍitā sabbakiccasamatthā, mama goṇo arogo abhirūpo mahābhāravaho, mama gāvī bahukhīrā’’ti evaṃ puttehi ca pasūhi ca sammattaṃ naraṃ. Byāsattamanasanti cakkhuviññeyyādīsu ārammaṇesu hiraññasuvaṇṇādīsu pattacīvarādīsu vā yaṃ yaṃ laddhaṃ hoti, tattha tattheva lagganāya sattamānasaṃ. Suttaṃ gāmanti niddaṃ upagataṃ sattakāyaṃ. Mahoghovāti yathā evarūpaṃ gāmaṃ gambhīrato vitthārato ca mahanto mahānadiogho antamaso sunakhampi asesetvā sabbaṃ ādāya gacchati, evaṃ vuttappakāraṃ naraṃ maccu ādāya gacchatīti attho. Amataṃ padanti maraṇarahitaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ, amataṃ mahānibbānanti attho. Sesamettha uttānameva.
豺母长老尼的故事。显示巴利原文
Siṅgālakamātātherīvatthu
247 第十三首偈的意义也很明白。显示巴利原文
247. Terasamaṃ uttānatthameva.
14. 最上品显示巴利原文
14. Etadaggavaggo
第六最上品注释显示巴利原文
(14) 6. Chaṭṭhaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
多波富沙与跋利迦的事显示巴利原文
Tapussa-bhallikavatthu
248 《优婆塞巴利》注释中,第一句“最先皈依者”意指在一切人中最早皈依的人。“从那时以后”即过了七个七日之后。“使其中断行程”是说令他们的行程中断;如同牛扔掉轭,即使被鞭打也不前行一般,使其无法前进。“对他们”指多波富沙与跋利迦二人。“附体”谓进入、附身。“夜叉的旋涡”即夜叉所起的旋涡,余处类推。“观察过去诸佛的惯例”即观察过去诸佛用何钵受食,这是诸佛的惯例。“住立于二语皈依”:因僧团尚未出现,故依佛与法二者确立皈依。“塔庙”即是可供供养的对象。“现前生发界”指世尊在世时的头发舍利。显示巴利原文
248. Upāsakapāḷisaṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhame sabbapaṭhamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchantānanti sabbesaṃ paṭhamaṃ hutvā saraṇaṃ gacchantānaṃ. Ito paranti sattasattāhato paraṃ. Gamanūpacchedaṃ akāsīti gamanavicchedaṃ akāsi. Yathā te goṇā dhuraṃ chaḍḍetvā pothiyamānāpi na gacchanti, tathā akāsīti attho. Tesanti tapussabhallikānaṃ. Adhimuccitvāti āvisitvā. Yakkhassa āvaṭṭo yakkhāvaṭṭo. Evaṃ sesesupi. Atītabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ olokesīti atītabuddhā kena bhājanena paṭiggaṇhiṃsūti buddhāciṇṇaṃ olokesi. Dvevācike saraṇe patiṭṭhāyāti saṅghassa anuppannattā buddhadhammavasena dvevācike saraṇe patiṭṭhahitvā. Cetiyanti pūjanīyavatthuṃ. Jīvakesadhātuyāti jīvamānassa bhagavato kesadhātuyā.
给孤独长者的事显示巴利原文
Anāthapiṇḍikaseṭṭhivatthu
249 第二段,“以此功德”即指这种施主性质的功德。因为他一切欲乐具足,远离了悭吝,并具足悲悯等功德,所以恒常施予无依无靠之人食物。由此,他随时都备有施给无依者的食物,因而得名“给孤独”。“在每一由旬处建造精舍”:即在每隔一由旬之处各建一座精舍。说完“他作了这样的布施”后,为详述此布施,又说“每日有五种筹食”等。其中,“筹食”是用签筹领取的食物;“半月食”是每半月一日应供的食物;“常设食”是常设于固定处所供养的食物;“客食”是供养外来比丘的食物。其余以此类推。精舍中常设五百座位,即经常有五百位比丘坐着受食,因此精舍内固定设置了五百个座位。显示巴利原文
249. Dutiye teneva guṇenāti teneva dāyakabhāvasaṅkhātena guṇena. So hi sabbakāmasamiddhatāya vigatamaccheratāya karuṇādiguṇasamaṅgitāya ca niccakālaṃ anāthānaṃ piṇḍamadāsi. Tena sabbakālaṃ upaṭṭhito anāthānaṃ piṇḍo etassa atthīti anāthapiṇḍikoti saṅkhaṃ gato. Yojanikavihāre kāretvāti yojane yojane ekamekaṃ vihāraṃ kāretvā. ‘‘Evarūpaṃ dānaṃ pavattesī’’ti vatvā tameva dānaṃ vibhajitvā dassento ‘‘devasikaṃ pañca salākabhattāni hontī’’tiādimāha. Tattha salākāya gāhetabbaṃ bhattaṃ salākabhattaṃ. Ekasmiṃ pakkhe ekadivasaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ pakkhikabhattaṃ. Dhuragehe ṭhapetvā dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ dhurabhattaṃ. Āgantukānaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi. Pañca āsanasatāni gehe niccapaññattāneva hontīti gehe nisīdāpetvā bhuñjantānaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañca āsanasatāni niccapaññattāni honti.
质多居士的事显示巴利原文
Cittagahapativatthu
250 第三,‘鹿’即指鹿的形态。‘令受食’(bhikkhaṃ samādāpetvā):即‘尊者,请慈愍我,在此坐下接受食物’,为请其受食而作这样的劝请。‘为了出离而积累的抉择分善法是亲依止缘’(vivaṭṭaṃ uddissa upacitaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyakusalaṃ upanissayo):即为了出离而积累的抉择分善法成为他的亲依止缘。‘他仅开示了六处分别’(saḷāyatanavibhattimeva desesī):他只宣说了关于六处分别的法。‘由长老’(therena)指在场所有比丘中最上首的那位大长老。‘无法解答问题’(pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asakkontena):质多居士这样问道:‘尊者长老!世间生起种种恶见,如“世间是常”、“世间是无常”、“世间有边”、“世间无边”、“命就是身”、“命与身是异”、“如来死后存在”、“如来死后不存在”、“如来死后亦存在亦不存在”、“如来死后非存在非不存在”……’显示巴利原文
250. Tatiye migā eva migarūpāni. Bhikkhaṃ samādāpetvāti, ‘‘bhante, mayhaṃ anuggahaṃ karotha, idha nisīditvā bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti bhikkhāgahaṇatthaṃ samādāpetvā . Vivaṭṭaṃ uddissa upacitaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyakusalaṃ upanissayo. Saḷāyatanavibhattimeva desesīti saḷāyatanavibhāgappaṭisaṃyuttameva dhammakathaṃ kathesi. Therenāti tattha sannihitānaṃ sabbesaṃ jeṭṭhena mahātherena. Pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asakkontenāti cittena gahapatinā ‘‘yā imā, bhante thera, anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti, ‘sassato loko’ti vā, ‘asassato loko’ti vā, ‘antavā loko’ti vā, ‘anantavā loko’ti vā, ‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’nti vā, ‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīra’nti vā, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā, ‘na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā, ‘hoti ca na hoti ca tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā, ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā yāni cimāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni brahmajāle gaṇitāni, imā nu kho, bhante, diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti, kismiṃ asati na hontī’’ti evamādinā (saṃ. ni. 4.345) pañhe puṭṭhe taṃ pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asakkontena. Imaṃ kira pañhaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ puṭṭho mahāthero tuṇhī ahosi. Atha isidattatthero cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ thero neva attanā byākaroti, na aññaṃ ajjhesati, upāsako ca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ vihesati, ahametaṃ byākaritvā phāsuvihāraṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti. Evaṃ cintetvā ca āsanato vuṭṭhāya therassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘byākaromahaṃ, bhante, cittassa gahapatino etaṃ pañha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.345) āha. Evaṃ vutte thero ‘‘byākarohi tvaṃ, āvuso isidatta, cittassa gahapatino etaṃ pañha’’nti isidattaṃ ajjhesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asakkontena ajjhiṭṭho’’ti.
‘解答了问题’:即以这样的理路回答了问题:‘居士,世间所生起的种种恶见,如“世间是常”、“世间是无常”……乃至《梵网经》所列举的六十二种恶见,居士,这些恶见以身见的存在而存在,以身见的不存在而不存在。’接下来说明质多居士如何知晓长老原是他在家时的朋友:据说,质多居士对长老的解答感到欢喜,问道:‘尊者,圣者伊西达答是从哪里来的?’长老回答:‘居士,我从阿槃提来。’居士又问:‘尊者,在阿槃提有一位名叫伊西达答的善男子,是我们未曾谋面的朋友,他已出家,尊者见过他吗?’长老说:‘是的,居士。’再问:‘尊者,那位圣者如今住在何处?’长老默然不语。于是质多居士问:‘尊者,那位圣者就是伊西达答吧?’长老答:‘是的,居士。’由此,居士了知长老正是自己昔日在家的朋友。显示巴利原文
Pañhaṃ vissajjetvāti ‘‘yā imā, gahapati, anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti ‘sassato loko’ti vā, ‘asassato loko’ti vā…pe… yāni cimāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni brahmajāle gaṇitāni, imā kho, gahapati, diṭṭhiyo sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā sati honti, sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā asati na hontī’’tiādinā nayena pañhaṃ vissajjetvā. Gihisahāyakabhāve ñāteti therassa gihisahāyakabhāve cittena gahapatinā ñāte. Citto kira, gahapati, tassa pañhaveyyākaraṇe tuṭṭho ‘‘kuto, bhante, ayyo isidatto āgacchatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘avantiyā kho ahaṃ, gahapati, āgacchāmī’’ti vutto ‘‘atthi, bhante, avantiyā isidatto nāma kulaputto amhākaṃ adiṭṭhasahāyo pabbajito, diṭṭho so āyasmatā’’ti pucchi. Thero ca ‘‘evaṃ, gahapatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhante, so āyasmā etarahi viharatī’’ti puna puṭṭho tuṇhī ahosi. Atha citto gahapati ‘‘ayyo no, bhante, isidatto’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘evaṃ, gahapatī’’ti vutte attano gihisahāyabhāvaṃ aññāsi.
‘展示了火遍定神变’:据说有一天,质多居士请求大长老说:‘尊者,愿圣者为我显示超人法的神通神变。’长老说:‘那么,居士,你在走廊铺开郁多罗僧,并在上面撒一把干草。’居士照做之后,长老进入精舍,关上门闩,作那样的神通决意,令火焰从钥匙孔和门缝中窜出,烧着了草,却不烧郁多罗僧。质多居士连忙拍打郁多罗僧,内心悚惧,汗毛竖立,站到一旁。待见到长老从里面出来,他便说:‘尊者,愿圣者欢喜地住在马奇咖桑达,这里的安跋陀林令人愉悦,我将尽力为圣者提供衣服、团食、坐卧具、病缘医药资具。’长老心想:‘如今不宜再住此处。’于是离开了那座精舍。正是对此事而说:‘展示了火遍定神变,心想“如今不适合再住此处”,便随意离去了。’至于‘二位上首弟子’等内容,在《律藏》中已有详细记载。显示巴利原文
Tejosamāpattipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvāti ekasmiṃ kira divase citto gahapati ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, ayyo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetū’’ti mahātheraṃ yāci. Thero ‘‘tena hi tvaṃ, gahapati, āḷinde uttarāsaṅgaṃ paññāpetvā tattha tiṇakalāpaṃ okirā’’ti vatvā tena ca tathā kate sayaṃ vihāraṃ pavisitvā ca ghaṭikaṃ datvā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāresi, yathā tāḷacchiggaḷena ca aggaḷantarikāya ca acci nikkhamitvā tiṇāni jhāpeti, uttarāsaṅgaṃ na jhāpeti. Atha citto gahapati uttarāsaṅgaṃ papphoṭetvā saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekamantaṃ ṭhito theraṃ bahi nikkhamantaṃ disvā ‘‘abhiramatu, bhante, ayyo macchikāsaṇḍe, ramaṇīyaṃ ambāṭakavanaṃ, ahaṃ ayyassa ussukkaṃ karissāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti āha. Tato thero ‘‘na dāni idha vasituṃ sakkā’’ti tamhā vihārā pakkāmi. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘tejosamāpatti pāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā ‘idāni idha vasituṃ na yutta’nti yathāsukhaṃ pakkāmī’’ti. Dve aggasāvakātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ vitthārato vinayapāḷiyaṃ āgatameva.
“有信”:具足世间与出世间的信心。“以戒”:戒有在家戒与出家戒两种,此处指在家戒,意为具足在家戒。“成就名誉与财富”:名誉,如给孤独长者等人那样,拥有被五百位近事男围绕的在家声望,即具足这类名誉;财富,则包含谷物等财物与七种圣财,即具足这两种财富。“无论什么地方”:指在东方等各个方向,像这样的善男子无论亲近哪里,他在那里都会得到相应的利养与恭敬。显示巴利原文
Saddhoti lokiyalokuttarāya saddhāya samannāgato. Sīlenāti agāriyasīlaṃ anagāriyasīlanti duvidhaṃ sīlaṃ, tesu idha agāriyaṃ sīlaṃ adhippetaṃ, tena samannāgatoti attho. Yasobhogasamappitoti yādiso anāthapiṇḍikādīnaṃ pañcaupāsakasataparivārasaṅkhāto agāriyo yaso, tādiseneva yasena, yo ca dhanadhaññādiko ceva sattavidhaariyadhanasaṅkhāto cāti duvidho bhogo, tena ca samannāgatoti attho. Yaṃ yaṃ padesanti puratthimādīsu disāsu evarūpo kulaputto yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati, tattha tattha evarūpena lābhasakkārena pūjitova hotīti attho.
哈塔卡·阿拉瓦卡的事迹显示巴利原文
Hatthakaāḷavakavatthu
251 第四是以四种摄受之事来解说:即以布施、爱语、利行、同事这四种摄受之事。为了清楚地阐明“第二天应与食器一并送交阿拉瓦卡”这句话的意思,便说:“这里面有这样一段次第开示”等等。阿拉瓦卡王舍弃种种歌舞娱乐,为防盗贼、抵御敌国并锻炼体力,每隔七日便出猎一次。某一天,他带领大队人马,按照“鹿从谁的方向逃走,重担就归谁”的约定,为猎鹿而进入山林。一只鹿:指从他所在之处逃走的麋鹿。追赶:他独自一人追赶了三由旬的路程。这位大王行动迅捷,手持弓箭,徒步追赶那只鹿达三由旬。杀死后:因为麋鹿的最快速度就是三由旬,当鹿力气耗尽,进入水中停住时,便将其杀死。切成两半挂在弓端折返:即使对肉不感兴趣,为了免除“未能捕到鹿”的非议,就把切成两半的鹿挂在弓端,开始折返。茂密的树荫:指枝叶层层交叠的浓密树荫。显示巴利原文
251. Catutthe catubbidhena saṅgahavatthunāti dānapiyavacanaatthacariyāsamānattatāsaṅkhātena catubbidhena saṅgahavatthunā. ‘‘Sve bhattacāṭiyā saddhiṃ āḷavakassa pesetabbo ahosī’’ti vuttamatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ – ‘‘tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā’’tiādimāha. Migavatthāya araññaṃ gantvāti āḷavako rājā vividhanāṭakūpabhogaṃ chaḍḍetvā corappaṭibāhanatthañca paṭirājanisedhanatthañca byāyāmakaraṇatthañca sattame sattame divase migavaṃ gacchanto ekadivasaṃ balakāyena saddhiṃ ‘‘yassa passena migo palāyati, tasseva so bhāro’’ti katakatikavatto migavatthāya araññaṃ gantvā. Ekaṃ miganti attano ṭhitaṭṭhānena palātaṃ eṇimigaṃ. Anubandhitvāti tiyojanamaggaṃ ekakova anubandhitvā. Javasampanno hi rājā dhanuṃ gahetvā pattikova tiyojanaṃ taṃ migamanubandhi. Ghātetvāti yasmā eṇimigā tiyojanavegā eva honti, tasmā parikkhiṇajavaṃ taṃ migaṃ udakaṃ pavisitvā ṭhitaṃ ghātetvā. Dvidhā chetvā dhanukoṭiyaṃ lagetvā nivattetvā āgacchantoti anatthikopi maṃsena ‘‘nāsakkhi migaṃ gahetu’’nti apavādamocanatthaṃ dvidhā chinnaṃ dhanukoṭiyaṃ lagetvā āgacchanto. Sandacchāyanti ghanacchāyaṃ bahalapattapalāsaṃ.
“住于树的天神”:此语指阿拉瓦卡夜叉。他得到大王们的恩准,在正午时分,凡是进入那棵树荫所覆盖范围的有情,都会被他吞噬,他便栖居在那里。“坐在阿拉瓦卡的座褥上”:在那些指定的吉祥日等日子,阿拉瓦卡会坐上此座享受福乐,他那天正是坐上了这座褥。“对自己的飞行不成就,省思‘是什么原因’”:当时,据传娑多山与雪山等处的夜叉在祇树给孤独园礼敬世尊后,带着眷属说“我们要去夜叉集会”,乘着各色车乘从空中飞过。天空并非夜叉处处可行,必须绕开空中的宫殿,唯有在畅通的行道上才有路。而阿拉瓦卡的宫殿却坐落在深固隐蔽的地面,四面围墙,塔楼、城门等设施齐备,上方覆盖着铜网,像一个宝箱,高达三由旬,他们通行的道路正在此宫殿上方。这群夜叉到达那里时,无法通过。因为只要世尊坐在某处,从他上方一直到有顶天,任何人都不可能飞过去。因此,他们飞行不得成就,便省思:“到底是什么原因呢?”听到他们的话后,阿拉瓦卡便想:对于无信之人,谈论信心是刺耳之语,犹如对破戒者谈论戒德。于是,听到那些夜叉对世尊的称扬后,阿拉瓦卡内心生起强烈的愤怒,就显示巴利原文
Rukkhe adhivatthā devatāti āḷavakaṃ yakkhaṃ sandhāya vadati. So hi mahārājūnaṃ santikā varaṃ labhitvā majjhanhikasamaye tassa rukkhassa chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ paviṭṭhe pāṇino khādanto tattha paṭivasati. Āḷavakassa nisīdanapallaṅke nisīdīti yattha abhilakkhitesu maṅgaladivasādīsu āḷavako nisīditvā siriṃ anubhoti, tasmiṃyeva dibbaratanapallaṅke nisīdi. Attano gamane asampajjamāne ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti āvajjentāti tadā kira sātāgirahemavatā bhagavantaṃ jetavaneyeva vanditvā ‘‘yakkhasamāgamaṃ gamissāmā’’ti saparivārā nānāyānehi ākāsena gacchanti, ākāse ca yakkhānaṃ na sabbattha maggo atthi, ākāsaṭṭhāni vimānāni pariharitvā maggaṭṭhāneneva maggo hoti, āḷavakassa pana vimānaṃ bhūmaṭṭhaṃ suguttaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ susaṃvihitadvāraṭṭālakagopuraṃ upari kaṃsajālasañchannamañjūsāsadisaṃ tiyojanaṃ ubbedhena, tassa upari maggo hoti, te taṃ padesamāgamma gantumasamatthā ahesuṃ. Buddhānañhi nisinnokāsassa uparibhāgena yāva bhavaggā koci gantumasamattho, tasmā attano gamane asampajjamāne ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti āvajjesuṃ. Tesaṃ kathaṃ sutvā cintesīti yasmā assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā hoti dussīlādīnaṃ sīlakathādayo viya, tasmā tesaṃ yakkhānaṃ santikā bhagavato pasaṃsaṃ sutvā eva aggimhi pakkhittaloṇasakkharā viya abbhantare uppannakopena paṭapaṭāyamānahadayo hutvā cintesi. Pabbatakūṭanti kelāsapabbatakūṭaṃ.
自此,当详述与旷野夜叉之战。据说,他左脚站在黄石板上,说道:“你们且看,究竟是你们的导师有大神通,还是我!”随即以右脚踩踏将近六十由旬的盖拉舍山顶;那座山犹如被铁锤猛击,迸射出片片赭红色的铁屑。他站立彼处,大吼“我是旷野夜叉”,吼声响彻整个赡部洲。方圆三千由旬的喜马拉雅山也因夜叉的威德而震动。他卷起暴风,心想:“以此将沙门驱走。”于是从东方等诸方兴起狂风,吹裂了半由旬、一由旬、二由旬乃至三由旬高的山峰,将树林、灌木、乔木连根拔起,卷进旷野城,把废弃的象棚等建筑吹得粉碎,椽瓦在空中翻飞。世尊决意:“莫令任何人受到伤害。”那些风来到十力者面前,连他的衣角也无法吹动。接着,他又兴起大雨,心想:“用水淹死沙门。”仗着夜叉的威力,上空聚起百重、千重浓密云层,降下暴雨。雨势迅猛,大地出现众多孔洞。洪水漫过树梢,然而到十力者这里时,连世尊衣服上的一滴雨露都未能沾湿。随后他兴起了石雨。巨大无比、浓烟滚滚、烈焰腾腾的山峰从空中飞来,到十力者脚下,便化作了天界的花鬘。显示巴利原文
Ito paṭṭhāya āḷavakayuddhaṃ vitthāretabbanti so kira manosilātale vāmapādena ṭhatvā ‘‘passatha dāni tumhākaṃ vā satthā mahānubhāvo, ahaṃ vā’’ti dakkhiṇapādena saṭṭhiyojanamattaṃ kelāsakūṭapabbataṃ akkami, taṃ ayokūṭappahato viya niddhantaayapiṇḍo papaṭikāyo muñci. So tatra ṭhatvā ‘‘ahaṃ āḷavako’’ti ugghosesi, sakalajambudīpaṃ saddo phari. Tiyojanasahassavitthatahimavāpi sampakampi yakkhassānubhāvena. So vātamaṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘eteneva samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Te puratthimādibhedā vātā samuṭṭhahitvā aḍḍhayojanayojanadviyojanatiyojanappamāṇāni pabbatakūṭāni padāletvā vanagaccharukkhādīni ummūletvā āḷavinagaraṃ pakkhandā jiṇṇahatthisālādīni cuṇṇentā chadaniṭṭhakā ākāse bhamentā. Bhagavā ‘‘mā kassaci uparodho hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Te vātā dasabalaṃ patvā cīvarakaṇṇamattampi cāletuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Tato mahāvassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘udakena ajjhottharitvā samaṇaṃ māressāmī’’ti. Tassānubhāvena uparūpari satapaṭalasahassapaṭalādibhedā valāhakā uṭṭhahitvā pavassiṃsu. Vuṭṭhidhārāvegena pathavī chiddā ahosi. Vanarukkhādīnaṃ upari mahogho āgantvā dasabalassa cīvare ussāvabindumattampi temetuṃ nāsakkhi. Tato pāsāṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Mahantāni mahantāni pabbatakūṭāni dhūmāyantāni pajjalantāni ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ patvā dibbamālāguḷāni sampajjiṃsu. Tato paharaṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Ekatodhārā ubhatodhārā asisattikhurappādayo dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni ahesuṃ.
然后他兴起了火炭雨。像紫矿花颜色的火炭从空中飞来,到了十力者脚下,变成天花散落。然后他兴起了热灰雨。极度灼热的灰烬从空中飞来,到了十力者脚下,变成旃檀香粉末落下。然后他兴起了沙雨。极细的沙子,冒着烟、燃着火焰从空中飞来,到了十力者脚下,变成天花落下。然后他兴起了泥雨。那泥泞冒着烟、燃着火焰从空中飞来,到了十力者脚下,变成天上的香落下。然后他兴起了黑暗,心想:“要吓跑沙门。”那黑暗深具四支,像浓密的黑暗一样降临,但一到十力者面前,就像阳光驱散黑暗一样消失了。就这样,夜叉用这风、雨、石、武器、火炭、热灰、沙、泥、黑暗九种灾难,也无法把世尊赶走。于是他亲自带领手持各种攻击武器、显现各种恐怖形相的非人部众,以及由四支军队组成的军阵,向世尊逼近。那些非人部众做出各种变形,一边喊着“捉住他!杀死他!”,一边好像要向世尊冲来。然而,他们就像苍蝇无法靠近烧红的铁块一样,根本不能接近世尊。显示巴利原文
Tato aṅgāravassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Kiṃsukavaṇṇā aṅgārā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā vikiriṃsu. Tato kukkuḷavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Accuṇho kukkuḷo ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle candanacuṇṇaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato vālikavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Atisukhumā vālikā dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā nipatiṃsu. Tato kalalavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Taṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbagandhaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato andhakāraṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘bhiṃsetvā samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ andhakārasadisaṃ hutvā dasabalaṃ patvā sūriyappabhāvihatamivandhakāraṃ antaradhāyi. Evaṃ yakkho imāhi navahi vātavassapāsāṇapaharaṇaṅgārakukkuḷavālikakalalandhakāravuṭṭhīhi bhagavantaṃ palāpetumasakkonto nānāvidhappaharaṇahatthaanekappakārarūpabhūtagaṇasamākulāya caturaṅginiyā senāya sayameva bhagavantaṃ abhigato. Te bhūtagaṇā anekappakāravikāre katvā ‘‘gaṇhatha hanathā’’ti bhagavato upari āgacchantā viya ca honti. Apica kho niddhantalohapiṇḍaṃ viya makkhikā bhagavantaṃ allīyitumasamatthā eva ahesuṃ.
就这样,旷野夜叉用种种恐怖景象折腾了整夜,还是没能动摇世尊,他心想:“我不如放出那谁也战胜不了的衣甲武器吧。”因为如果这愤怒的他将衣甲武器丢向空中,天就会十二年不下雨;如果丢在地上,所有树木、草等都会干枯,十二年间不再生长;如果丢进大海,大海就会像热瓦上的水滴一样完全干涸;如果丢到须弥山上,山就会碎成一片片飞散。他这么一想,便脱下那具有大神力的衣甲武器——他的上衣,握在手里。这时,十千世界界的大部分天神们迅速聚集,心想:“今天世尊要调伏旷野夜叉了,我们可以在那里听闻正法。”也有一些想看战斗的天神聚集过来。就这样,整个天空充满了天神。这时,旷野夜叉在世尊近处上下游走,随后放出了衣甲武器。那武器犹如霹雳轮一般,在空中发出恐怖的响声,冒着烟、燃着火,飞向世尊;但为了折伏夜叉的傲慢,它变成了一块擦脚布,落在世尊脚前。旷野夜叉看到这一幕,就像被锯断角的牛王、被拔掉毒牙的蛇一样,失去了威光,没有了骄慢,傲慢之幢被摧倒在地。以上便是应详述的旷野夜叉之战斗。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sabbarattiṃ anekappakāravibhiṃsākāradassanenapi bhagavantaṃ cāletumasakkonto āḷavako cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ kenaci ajeyyaṃ dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya’’nti. Sace hi so duṭṭho ākāse taṃ dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya, dvādasa vassāni devo na vasseyya. Sace pathaviyaṃ muñceyya , sabbarukkhatiṇādīni sussitvā dvādasavassantaraṃ na puna ruheyyuṃ. Sace samudde muñceyya, tattakapāle udakabindu viya sabbaṃ susseyya. Sace sinerupabbate muñceyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ hutvā vikireyya. So evaṃmahānubhāvaṃ dussāvudhaṃ uttarisāṭakaṃ muñcitvā aggahesi. Yebhuyyena dasasahassilokadhātudevatā vegena sannipatiṃsu ‘‘ajja bhagavā āḷavakaṃ damessati, tattha dhammaṃ sossāmā’’ti. Yuddhadassanakāmāpi devatā sannipatiṃsu. Evaṃ sakalampi ākāsaṃ devatāhi paripuṇṇaṃ ahosi. Athāḷavako bhagavato samīpe uparūpari vicaritvā vatthāvudhaṃ muñci . Taṃ asanicakkaṃ viya ākāse bheravasaddaṃ karontaṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ patvā yakkhassa mānamaddanatthaṃ pādapuñchanacoḷaṃ hutvā pādamūle nipati. Āḷavako taṃ disvā chinnavisāṇo viya usabho, uddhaṭadāṭho viya sappo nittejo nimmado nipātitamānaddhajo ahosi. Evamidaṃ āḷavakayuddhaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.
他提出了八个问题——显示巴利原文
Aṭṭha pañhe pucchīti –
怎样的生活,才堪称是生命中最为殊胜的活法?”(《相应部·有偈品》246;《经集》183)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ sūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, Kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukhamāvahāti; Kiṃ su have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, Kathaṃ jīviṃ jīvitamāhu seṭṭha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 183) –
旷野夜叉如是提出八个问题。导师世尊解答道——显示巴利原文
Ādinā aṭṭha pañhe pucchi. Satthā vissajjesīti –
于此世间,信是人之最胜财富,
法若善修,则带来安乐;
真实,诚为诸味中最甜美者,
以智慧为生者的生命,被称为最殊胜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddhīdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahāti; Saccaṃ have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, Paññājīviṃ jīvitamāhu seṭṭha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 184) –
他以“最初”开头作答。“Vikkandamānāya”一词指极度、不停地悲泣。显示巴利原文
Ādinā vissajjesi. Vikkandamānāyāti accantaṃ paridevamānāya.
摩诃男释迦之事显示巴利原文
Mahānāmasakkavatthu
252 第五个问题:“此后,导师没有给予承诺。”这是说,一年之后,由于制定了学处,禁止接受资具自恣,所以说“没有给予承诺”。实际上,世尊在摩诃男释迦第三次请求时,确实给予了承诺。当时摩诃男释迦说:“尊者!我愿终生以药物向僧伽自恣。”(《波逸提》304-305)世尊便回答:“善哉!善哉!摩诃男,既然如此,摩诃男,你就终生以药物向僧伽自恣吧!”给予承诺之后,后来世尊听说六群比丘恼乱摩诃男释迦,便呵责六群比丘,并制定了这条学处:“除再邀请或长期邀请外,无病比丘应接受为期四个月的资具自恣,若超过此期限而接受者,犯波逸提。”因此,虽然最初开许了,但后来以学处约束而遮止,故说“没有给予承诺”。显示巴利原文
252. Pañcame satthā tato paraṃ paṭiññaṃ nādāsīti saṃvaccharato paraṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiyā paccayappavāraṇāsādiyanassa vāritattā ‘‘paṭiññaṃ nādāsī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi bhagavā tatiyavārepi mahānāmena sakkena ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti (pāci. 304-305) vutte ‘‘sādhu sādhu, mahānāma, tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti paṭiññaṃ adāsiyeva. Evaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā pacchā chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi mahānāmassa sakkassa viheṭhitabhāvaṃ sutvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū vigarahitvā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi ‘‘agilānena bhikkhunā cātumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā aññatra punappavāraṇāya aññatra niccappavāraṇāya. Tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, pācittiya’’nti. Tasmā paṭhamaṃ anujānitvāpi pacchā sikkhāpadabandhanena vāritattā ‘‘paṭiññaṃ nādāsī’’ti vuttaṃ.
郁伽居士等事显示巴利原文
Uggagahapatyādivatthu
253-256 253-256. 第六、第七、第八、第九个问题都容易理解。显示巴利原文
253-256. Chaṭṭhasattamaaṭṭhamanavamāni suviññeyyāneva.
那拘罗父居士事显示巴利原文
Nakulapitugahapativatthu
257 257. 第十则故事中的“苏苏马罗山城”即是以此命名的城市。据说,在划定城址的那一天,附近水池里有一条鳄鱼发出吼声,如同言语。后来城市顺利建成,人们便以此鳄鱼发出吼声为吉兆,因而取名“苏苏马罗山”。另有一种说法认为:“因为有一座山形状像鳄鱼,故名苏苏马罗山,此山就在城附近,所以该城因有此山而称为苏苏马罗山城。”“贝萨咖拉林”是指那片名为贝萨咖拉的树林,也有的版本写作“Bhesakalāvane”。那么,世尊是如何令他们生起父亲一般的想法的呢?经文中的“据说……”这一段便作了解释。其中,“我尚年轻,即娶少妻”,意即在我还很年轻的时候,便娶了一位年轻的女子。“纵欲过度”是指在行欲时超过了正常的限度。显示巴利原文
257. Dasame susumāragirinagareti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tassa kira nagarassa vatthupariggahadivase avidūre udakarahade susumāro saddamakāsi, giraṃ nicchāresi. Atha nagare anantarāyena māpite tameva susumāragirakaraṇaṃ subhanimittaṃ katvā ‘‘susumāragirī’’tvevassa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Keci pana ‘‘susumārasaṇṭhānattā susumāro nāma eko giri, so tassa nagarassa samīpe, tasmā taṃ susumāragiri etassa atthīti susumāragirīti vuccatī’’ti vadanti. Bhesakaḷāvaneti bhesakaḷānāmake vane. ‘‘Bhesakalāvane’’tipi pāṭho. Kathaṃ pana bhagavati nesaṃ puttasaññā patiṭṭhāsīti āha – ‘‘ayaṃ kirā’’tiādi. Daharasseva daharā ānītāti me daharasseva sato daharā ānītāti attho. Aticaritāti atikkamitvā caranto.
第十四 最上品显示巴利原文
14. Etadaggavaggo
第七最上品的注释显示巴利原文
(14) 7. Sattamaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
258 《近事女经》注释的第一部分很容易理解。显示巴利原文
258. Upāsikāpāḷisaṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhamaṃ suviññeyyameva.
259 第二部中,“大蔓饰”即大蔓首饰。那件首饰上用了四管金刚石、十一管珍珠、二十二管珊瑚、三十三管红宝石。这些,再加上靛蓝宝石等,是以蓝、黄、红、白、深红、褐、金七种颜色的殊胜宝石制成。把它戴在头上,一直垂到脚背;这位女子要能支撑它,需要相当于五头大象的力量。“内火不可往外带出”等含义,下文将会说明。其余内容容易理解。显示巴利原文
259. Dutiye mahālatāpasādhanassāti mahālatāpiḷandhanassa. Tasmiñca piḷandhane catasso vajiranāḷiyo upayogaṃ agamaṃsu. Muttānaṃ ekādasa nāḷiyo, pavāḷassa dvāvīsati nāḷiyo, padumarāgamaṇīnaṃ tettiṃsa nāḷiyo. Iti etehi ca aññehi ca indanīlādīhi nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhasāmakabaravaṇṇavasena sattavaṇṇehi vararatanehi niṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi, taṃ sīse paṭimukkaṃ yāva pādapiṭṭhiyā bhassati, pañcannaṃ hatthīnaṃ balaṃ dhārayamānāva naṃ itthī dhāretuṃ sakkoti. Antoaggi bahi na nīharitabbotiādīnaṃ attho upari āvi bhavissati. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
久寿多罗—娑摩婆提事显示巴利原文
Khujjuttarā-sāmāvatīvatthu
260-261 第三、第四部中,“乳粥”指非常浓稠的乳粥。“在享用那乳粥时”:指在享用那浓稠、油腻而难以消化的乳粥时。“不能消化”:由于沿途吃得少,消化能力弱,所以不能消化。“猛兽之处”:指被猛兽盘踞的地方。“寻找着”:指四处搜寻。“堂屋”:指竹匠的工棚。“不会白做”:即不给酬劳就不做。“她点燃了”:她给了火,就是点起了火。“等着”:意思是“请稍等”。“身形成就”:指身形容貌美丽。“到了榕树”:指到了一棵孟加拉榕树。“金镯”:指金臂环。“淹了我”:意思是“我增加了”。“没有检查内部”:指没有查看叶棚内是否有人。其余部分容易理解。显示巴利原文
260-261. Tatiyacatutthesu pāyāsassāti bahalatarassa pāyāsassa. Taṃ pāyāsaṃ bhuñjantesūti taṃ bahalataraṃ garusiniddhaṃ pāyāsaṃ bhuñjantesu. Jīrāpetuṃ asakkontoti antarāmagge appāhāratāya mandagahaṇikattā jīrāpetuṃ asakkonto. Vāḷamigaṭṭhāneti vāḷamigehi adhiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne. Anuvijjantoti vicārento. Sālāti naḷakārasālā. Mudhā na karissatīti mūlyaṃ vinā na karissati. Ālimpesīti aggiṃ adāsi, aggiṃ jālesīti attho. Pekkhāti āgamehi. Upadhisampadāti sarīrasampatti. Vaṭarukkhaṃ patvāti nigrodharukkhaṃ patvā. Suvaṇṇakaṭaketi suvaṇṇavalaye. Abbhuṃ meti me avaḍḍhīti attho. Anto asodhetvāti paṇṇasālāya anto kassaci atthibhāvaṃ vā natthibhāvaṃ vā anupadhāretvā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
上难陀母事显示巴利原文
Uttarānandamātāvatthu
262 第五部分中,“观察了亲依止”:此句说明,殊胜证悟虽需现前诸缘的聚合,但亲依止的成就亦不可或缺。正如以现法受报方式成熟的业,有赖于现前众缘的会合,同样地,亲依止成就也有种种差别,应当去希求。因为纵使亲近了最上的善士、具备如理作意等,倘若缺乏亲依止,殊胜的证悟也不会成就。“做净”:指按规定将其制成可食用的净食。“应放置于钵中”:指应将食物置入钵内(供养口)。“以三种思”:指布施前的思、布施时的思和布施后的随喜思。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
262. Pañcame upanissayaṃ disvāti iminā yathā visesādhigamassa satipi paccuppannapaccayasamavāye avassaṃ upanissayasampadā icchitabbā, evaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyabhāvena vipaccanakassa kammassapi paccuppannasamavāyo viya upanissayasampadāpi savisesā icchitabbāti dasseti. Tathā hi ukkaṃsagatasappurisūpanissayayonisomanasikāresu labbhamānesupi upanissayarahitassa visesādhigamo na sampajjatevāti. Kappiyaṃ katvāti yathā kappiyaṃ hoti, tathā katvā. Patte patiṭṭhapeyyāti āhāraṃ dānamukhe vissajjeyya. Tīhi cetanāhīti pubbabhāgamuñcaanumodanācetanāhi. Vuttañhetaṃ –
布施前便心生欢喜,布施时令心净信,
布施后也满怀喜悦,这便是福德的圆满成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbeva dānā sumano, dadaṃ cittaṃ pasādaye; Datvā attamano hoti, esā puññassa sampadā’’ti. (a. ni. 6.37; pe. va. 305);
“Tava manaṃ sandhārehi”(应抑制自心)的意思是:当因“饭食延迟”而心生嗔怒时,你应当抑制那颗由嗔怒而起的心,切莫发怒(mā kujjhi)。她处处观望之处……乃至……散乱,犹如被大苦葫芦花覆盖一般——因为那片耕地全都变为金色。“tādiseti”(与你等同)即与你相似。“na kopemi”(我不恼害)意为不毁坏、不因出身而蔑视。“pūjaṃ karoti”(作供养)即向正自觉者作供养。“antaravatthu”(内庭)指家中的庭院。“Bhoti”是呼格。“Jeti”是轻蔑的称呼。她自身为圣弟子,依止导师而被称作“有父亲的女儿”,期望通过在导师面前听闻正法而获得殊胜的证悟,因此说:“于十力者前,我只容忍所当忍。”“kadariya”(吝啬者)即顽固的悭吝之人。显示巴利原文
Tavamanaṃ sandhārehīti ‘‘ajja bhattaṃ cirāyita’’nti kodhato tava cittaṃ sandhārehi, mā kujjhīti attho. Olokitolokitaṭṭhānaṃ…pe… samparikiṇṇaṃ viya ahosīti tena kasitaṭṭhānaṃ sabbaṃ suvaṇṇabhāvāpattiyā mahākosātakipupphehi sañchannaṃ viya ahosi. Tādiseti tayā sadise. Na kopemīti na vināsemi, jātiyā na hīḷemi. Pūjaṃ karotīti sammāsambuddhassa pūjaṃ karoti. Antaravatthunti gehaṅgaṇaṃ. Bhoti sambodhane nipāto. Jeti avaññālapanaṃ. Sayaṃ ariyasāvikābhāvato satthuvasena ‘‘sapitikā dhītā’’ti vatvā satthu sammukhā dhammassavanena tassā visesādhigamaṃ paccāsīsantī ‘‘dasabale khamanteyeva khamissāmī’’ti āha. Kadariyanti thaddhamacchariṃ.
苏波瓦萨事显示巴利原文
Suppavāsāvatthu
263 第六篇,「paṇītadāyikānaṃ」(殊胜施女们):指布施殊胜味食等物品的女施主们。为维持寿命而施食,即称作「āyuṃ deti」(施寿命)。于“施美貌”等,其理亦同。因此说到“「pañca ṭhānāni」(五种处)”。为显示业果相似的道理,继而说:“然而,施了寿命……”等。其中,「datvā」(施了)指以布施为因。「bhāginī」(有份者)即能获得相应果报之人。显示巴利原文
263. Chaṭṭhe paṇītadāyikānanti paṇītarasavatthūnaṃ dāyikānaṃ. Āyuno ṭhitihetuṃ bhojanaṃ dentī āyuṃ deti nāma. Esa nayo vaṇṇaṃ detītiādīsu. Tenāha – ‘‘pañca ṭhānānī’’ti. Kammasarikkhakañcetaṃ phalanti dassento ‘‘āyuṃ kho pana datvā’’tiādimāha. Tattha datvāti dānahetu. Bhāginīti bhāgavatī laddhuṃ bhabbā.
264 第七篇,「ūrumaṃsaṃ chinditvā dāsiyā adāsi」(割下股肉施与婢女):这位已证果位、通达教法的女圣弟子,不顾自身痛苦,一心唯盼那位比丘的病苦痊愈,便割下自己的股肉交与婢女。导师见到她有如此的发心意乐,又知“只要她来到我面前,其疮口便会愈合,皮肤复原,身体安适”,便说:“将她带来。”她想:“悲悯一切世间的导师,不会让我受苦而召我前来,其中必有缘由。”她既已得果,心中了知,便将全部经过讲出;而这并非为了显示自己愿心的坚固,实是为了彰显佛陀的威神力。世尊为了将她安立于“照顾病者第一”的位置,说道:“诸看护病者中,最胜者即此须波婆娑·拘利女。”她正是因为不计较自身的痛苦,唯愿患病比丘的病苦得以消除而作看护。故说:“一心只期待那位比丘的病苦痊愈。”显示巴利原文
264. Sattame ūrumaṃsaṃ chinditvā dāsiyā adāsīti āgataphalā viññātasāsanā ariyasāvikā attano sarīradukkhaṃ acintetvā tassa bhikkhuno rogavūpasamameva paccāsīsantī attano ūrumaṃsaṃ chinditvā dāsiyā adāsi. Satthāpi tassā tathāpavattaṃ ajjhāsayasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘mama sammukhībhāvūpagamanenevassā vaṇo ruhitvā sañchavi jāyati, phāsubhāvo hotī’’ti ca disvā ‘‘pakkosatha na’’nti āha. Sā cintesīti ‘‘sabbalokassa hitānukampako satthā na maṃ dukkhāpetuṃ pakkosati, atthettha kāraṇa’’nti cintesi. Attanā katakāraṇaṃ sabbaṃ kathesīti buddhānubhāvavibhāvanatthaṃ kathesi, na attano daḷhajjhāsayatāya vibhāvanatthaṃ. Gilānupaṭṭhākīnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesīti agaṇitattadukkhā gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gelaññavūpasamane yuttappayuttāti gilānupaṭṭhākīnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesīti.
迦提亚尼事显示巴利原文
Kātiyānīvatthu
265 第八项,“aveccappasannānaṃ”(证得不动的净信者):即如实了知三宝功德而生起净信的人。这种净信由道而生,因此不为任何事物所动摇。“adhigatena”(已证得的):指通过证道所获得。也有读作“avigatena”(不消失的),意为“任何时候都不会消失”。这种净信亦不可摧毁,因此说“以已证得的不动净信”。其中,“kāyasakkhiṃ katvā”(以身作证者):以她为首,从词义上而言,是通过名身领受教法而成为亲证者。“ummaggaṃ khanitvā”(挖了暗道):即挖出通过破坏房屋连接处而进入内部的通道。“dullabhassavanaṃ”(难遇的听闻):指难以值遇的正法之听闻。“mahāpathavī pavisitabbā bhaveyya”(应该进入大地):指会堕入无间地狱。显示巴利原文
265. Aṭṭhame aveccappasannānanti ratanattayaguṇe yāthāvato ñatvā pasannānaṃ, so panassa pasādo maggenāgatattā kenaci akampanīyo. Adhigatenāti maggādhigameneva adhigatena. ‘‘Avigatenā’’ti vā pāṭho, tassattho ‘‘kadāci avigacchantenā’’ti. So appadhaṃsiyo ca hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘adhigatena acalappasādenā’’ti. Tattha kāyasakkhiṃ katvāti pamukhaṃ katvā, vacanatthato pana nāmakāyena desanāya sampaṭicchanavasena sakkhibhūtaṃ katvāti attho. Ummaggaṃ khanitvāti gharasandhicchedanena antopavisanamaggaṃ khanitvā. Dullabhassavananti dullabhasaddhammassavanaṃ. Mahāpathavī pavisitabbā bhaveyyāti avīcippavesanaṃ vadati.
那拘罗母事显示巴利原文
Nakulamātāvatthu
266 第九项,那拘罗母与那拘罗父因表露信赖之语,故被称为对导师信赖之人。所说的“信赖者”,即指说信赖语的近事女。“家主妇”即家中女主人。此处所说的方法,与近事男典籍中那拘罗父故事所说的方法相同。显示巴利原文
266. Navame vissāsakathaneneva nakulamātā nakulapitā ca satthuvissāsikā nāma jātāti vuttaṃ – ‘‘vissāsikānanti vissāsakathaṃ kathentīnaṃ upāsikāna’’nti. Gahapatānīti gehasāminī. Vuttamevāti upāsakapāḷiyaṃ nakulapitukathāyaṃ vuttanayameva.
咖离库拉拉屋事显示巴利原文
Kāḷīkuraragharikāvatthu
267 第十项,“仅凭传闻”:指未亲眼见到导师之身,亦未当面从导师闻法,唯依传闻,即随顺他人言语而听闻后,由此生起的净信。“传闻净信”即通过传闻而来的净信。显示巴利原文
267. Dasame anussavenevāti paccakkhato rūpadassanena satthu sammukhā dhammassavanena ca vinā kevalaṃ anussavaneneva parassa vacanaṃ anugatassavaneneva uppannena pasādena. Anussavikappasādanti anussavato āgatappasādaṃ.
即增支部注释中。显示巴利原文
Aṅguttaranikāya-aṭṭhakathāya